]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
* TODO: Remove dead items.
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you have the new `shorttitlepage' command
16 @c @clear shorttitlepage-enabled
17 @c @set shorttitlepage-enabled
18
19 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
20 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
21 @c @set defaultprec
22
23 @c ISPELL CHECK: done, 14 Jan 1993 --bob
24
25 @c Check COPYRIGHT dates. should be updated in the titlepage, ifinfo
26 @c titlepage; should NOT be changed in the GPL. --mew
27
28 @c FIXME: I don't understand this `iftex'. Obsolete? --akim.
29 @iftex
30 @syncodeindex fn cp
31 @syncodeindex vr cp
32 @syncodeindex tp cp
33 @end iftex
34 @ifinfo
35 @synindex fn cp
36 @synindex vr cp
37 @synindex tp cp
38 @end ifinfo
39 @comment %**end of header
40
41 @copying
42
43 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
44 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
45
46 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
47 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
48
49 @quotation
50 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
51 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
52 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
53 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
54 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
55 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
56 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
57
58 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
59 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
60 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
61 @acronym{GNU} development.''
62 @end quotation
63 @end copying
64
65 @dircategory Software development
66 @direntry
67 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
68 @end direntry
69
70 @ifset shorttitlepage-enabled
71 @shorttitlepage Bison
72 @end ifset
73 @titlepage
74 @title Bison
75 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
76 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
77
78 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
79
80 @page
81 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82 @insertcopying
83 @sp 2
84 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
85 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
86 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
87 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
88 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
89 @sp 2
90 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
91 @end titlepage
92
93 @contents
94
95 @ifnottex
96 @node Top
97 @top Bison
98 @insertcopying
99 @end ifnottex
100
101 @menu
102 * Introduction::
103 * Conditions::
104 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
105 how you can copy and share Bison
106
107 Tutorial sections:
108 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
109 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
110
111 Reference sections:
112 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
113 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
114 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
115 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
116 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
117 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
118 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
119 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
120 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
121 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
122 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
123 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
124 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
125 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
126
127 @detailmenu
128 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
129
130 The Concepts of Bison
131
132 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
133 as mathematical ideas.
134 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
135 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
136 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
137 the name of an identifier, etc.).
138 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
139 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
140 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
141 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
142 how is the output used?
143 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
144 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
145
146 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
147
148 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
149 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
150 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
151 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
152
153 Examples
154
155 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
156 a first example with no operator precedence.
157 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
158 Operator precedence is introduced.
159 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
160 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
161 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
162 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
163 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
164
165 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
166
167 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
168 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
169 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
170 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
171 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
172 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
173 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
174
175 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
176
177 * Rpcalc Input::
178 * Rpcalc Line::
179 * Rpcalc Expr::
180
181 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
182
183 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
184 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
185 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
186
187 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
188
189 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
190 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
191 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
192
193 Bison Grammar Files
194
195 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
196 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
197 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
198 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
199 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
200 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
201 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
202 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
203
204 Outline of a Bison Grammar
205
206 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
207 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
208 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
209 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
210
211 Defining Language Semantics
212
213 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
214 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
215 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
216 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
217 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
218 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
219 action in the middle of a rule.
220
221 Tracking Locations
222
223 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
224 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
225 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
226
227 Bison Declarations
228
229 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
230 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
231 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
232 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
233 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
234 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
235 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
236 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
237 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
238 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
239 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
240
241 Parser C-Language Interface
242
243 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
244 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
245 which reads tokens.
246 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
247 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
248 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
249 native language.
250
251 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
252
253 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
254 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
255 of the token it has read.
256 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
257 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
258 actions want that.
259 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
260 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
261
262 The Bison Parser Algorithm
263
264 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
265 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
266 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
267 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
268 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
269 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
270 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
271 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
272 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
273
274 Operator Precedence
275
276 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
277 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
278 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
279 * How Precedence:: How they work.
280
281 Handling Context Dependencies
282
283 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
284 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
285 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
286 error recovery rules must be written.
287
288 Debugging Your Parser
289
290 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
291 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
292
293 Invoking Bison
294
295 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
296 in alphabetical order by short options.
297 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
298 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
299
300 C++ Language Interface
301
302 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
303 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
304
305 C++ Parsers
306
307 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
308 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
309 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
310 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
311 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
312
313 A Complete C++ Example
314
315 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
316 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
317 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
318 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
319 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
320
321 Frequently Asked Questions
322
323 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
324 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
325 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
326 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
327 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
328 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
329 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
330 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
331 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
332 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
333 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
334
335 Copying This Manual
336
337 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
338
339 @end detailmenu
340 @end menu
341
342 @node Introduction
343 @unnumbered Introduction
344 @cindex introduction
345
346 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a grammar
347 description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) or @acronym{GLR} context-free grammar
348 into a C or C++ program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with
349 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
350 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
351
352 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
353 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
354 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
355 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
356
357 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
358 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
359 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
360 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
361
362 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
363 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
364 multi-character string literals and other features.
365
366 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
367
368 @node Conditions
369 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
370
371 As of Bison version 1.24, we have changed the distribution terms for
372 @code{yyparse} to permit using Bison's output in nonfree programs when
373 Bison is generating C code for @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. Formerly, these
374 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
375
376 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
377 compiler, have never
378 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
379 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
380 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
381 License to all of the Bison source code.
382
383 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
384 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
385 @code{yyparse} function. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
386 into this function at one point, but the rest of the function is not
387 changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} terms to the code for
388 @code{yyparse},
389 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
390
391 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
392 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
393 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
394 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
395 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
396 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
397
398 This exception applies only when Bison is generating C code for an
399 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser; otherwise, the @acronym{GPL} terms operate
400 as usual. You can
401 tell whether the exception applies to your @samp{.c} output file by
402 inspecting it to see whether it says ``As a special exception, when
403 this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use
404 that output file without restriction.''
405
406 @include gpl.texi
407
408 @node Concepts
409 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
410
411 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
412 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
413 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
414
415 @menu
416 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
417 as mathematical ideas.
418 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
419 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
420 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
421 the name of an identifier, etc.).
422 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
423 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
424 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
425 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
426 how is the output used?
427 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
428 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
429 @end menu
430
431 @node Language and Grammar
432 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
433
434 @cindex context-free grammar
435 @cindex grammar, context-free
436 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
437 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
438 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
439 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
440 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
441 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
442 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
443 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
444 recursion.
445
446 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
447 @cindex Backus-Naur form
448 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
449 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
450 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
451 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
452 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
453
454 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
455 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
456 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
457 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
458 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
459 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
460 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
461 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
462 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
463 restrictions that are
464 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
465 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
466 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
467 more information on this.
468
469 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
470 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
471 @cindex ambiguous grammars
472 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
473
474 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
475 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
476 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
477 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
478 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
479 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
480 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
481 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
482 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
483 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
484 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
485 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
486 possible parses of any given string is finite.
487
488 @cindex symbols (abstract)
489 @cindex token
490 @cindex syntactic grouping
491 @cindex grouping, syntactic
492 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
493 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
494 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
495 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
496 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
497 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
498 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
499
500 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
501 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
502 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
503 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
504 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
505 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
506 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
507 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
508 lexicography, not grammar.)
509
510 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
511
512 @ifinfo
513 @example
514 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
515 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
516 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
517 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
518 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,
519 identifier, semicolon} */
520 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
521 @end example
522 @end ifinfo
523 @ifnotinfo
524 @example
525 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
526 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
527 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
528 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
529 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
530 @end example
531 @end ifnotinfo
532
533 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
534 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
535 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
536 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
537 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
538 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
539 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
540 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
541
542 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
543 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
544 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
545 reads informally as follows:
546
547 @quotation
548 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
549 `semicolon'.
550 @end quotation
551
552 @noindent
553 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
554 statement in C.
555
556 @cindex start symbol
557 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
558 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
559 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
560 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
561 plays this role.
562
563 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
564 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
565 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
566 not the start symbol.
567
568 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
569 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
570 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
571 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
572 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
573 reports a syntax error.
574
575 @node Grammar in Bison
576 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
577 @cindex Bison grammar
578 @cindex grammar, Bison
579 @cindex formal grammar
580
581 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
582 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
583 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
584
585 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
586 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
587 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
588
589 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
590 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
591 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
592 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
593 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
594 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
595 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
596 @xref{Symbols}.
597
598 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
599 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
600 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
601 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
602
603 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
604 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
605
606 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
607 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
608 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
609 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
610 used in every rule.
611
612 @example
613 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
614 ;
615 @end example
616
617 @noindent
618 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
619
620 @node Semantic Values
621 @section Semantic Values
622 @cindex semantic value
623 @cindex value, semantic
624
625 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
626 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
627 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
628 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
629 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
630 grammatical.
631
632 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
633 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
634 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
635 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
636 ,Defining Language Semantics},
637 for details.
638
639 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
640 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
641 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
642 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
643 except their types.
644
645 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
646 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
647 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
648 need to have any semantic value.)
649
650 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
651 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
652 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
653 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
654 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
655 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
656
657 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
658 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
659 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
660 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
661 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
662
663 @node Semantic Actions
664 @section Semantic Actions
665 @cindex semantic actions
666 @cindex actions, semantic
667
668 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
669 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
670 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
671 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
672 @xref{Actions}.
673
674 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
675 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
676 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
677 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
678 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
679 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
680 newly recognized larger expression.
681
682 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
683 two subexpressions:
684
685 @example
686 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
687 ;
688 @end example
689
690 @noindent
691 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
692 from the values of the two subexpressions.
693
694 @node GLR Parsers
695 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
696 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
697 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
698 @findex %glr-parser
699 @cindex conflicts
700 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
701 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
702
703 In some grammars, Bison's standard
704 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
705 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
706 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
707 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
708 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
709 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
710 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
711 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
712
713 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
714 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
715 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
716 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
717 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
718 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
719 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
720 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
721 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
722 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
723 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
724 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
725 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
726 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
727 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
728 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
729 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
730 identical set of symbols.
731
732 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
733 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
734 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
735 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
736 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
737 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
738 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
739 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
740 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
741 merged result.
742
743 @menu
744 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
745 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
746 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
747 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
748 @end menu
749
750 @node Simple GLR Parsers
751 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
752 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
753 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
754 @findex %glr-parser
755 @findex %expect-rr
756 @cindex conflicts
757 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
758 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
759
760 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
761 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
762 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
763 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
764 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
765 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
766
767 Consider a problem that
768 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
769 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
770
771 @example
772 type subrange = lo .. hi;
773 type enum = (a, b, c);
774 @end example
775
776 @noindent
777 The original language standard allows only numeric
778 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
779 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
780 10206) and many other
781 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
782 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
783 parentheses:
784
785 @example
786 type subrange = (a) .. b;
787 @end example
788
789 @noindent
790 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
791 type with only one value:
792
793 @example
794 type enum = (a);
795 @end example
796
797 @noindent
798 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
799 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
800
801 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
802 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
803 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
804 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
805 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
806 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
807 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
808 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
809
810 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
811 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
812 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
813 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
814 expressions.
815
816 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
817 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
818 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
819 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
820 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
821 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
822 work.
823
824 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
825 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
826 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
827 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
828 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
829 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
830 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
831 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
832 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
833 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
834 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
835
836 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
837 reports a syntax error as usual.
838
839 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
840 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
841 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
842 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
843 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
844
845 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
846 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
847 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
848 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
849 The present example contains only one conflict between two
850 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
851 cannot be nested. So the number of
852 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
853 and the parsing time is still linear.
854
855 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
856 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
857
858 @example
859 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
860
861 @group
862 %left '+' '-'
863 %left '*' '/'
864 @end group
865
866 %%
867
868 @group
869 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
870 ;
871 @end group
872
873 @group
874 type : '(' id_list ')'
875 | expr DOTDOT expr
876 ;
877 @end group
878
879 @group
880 id_list : ID
881 | id_list ',' ID
882 ;
883 @end group
884
885 @group
886 expr : '(' expr ')'
887 | expr '+' expr
888 | expr '-' expr
889 | expr '*' expr
890 | expr '/' expr
891 | ID
892 ;
893 @end group
894 @end example
895
896 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
897 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
898 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
899 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
900 recognized:
901
902 @example
903 type t = (a) .. b;
904 @end example
905
906 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
907 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
908 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
909 @samp{%%}):
910
911 @example
912 %glr-parser
913 %expect-rr 1
914 @end example
915
916 @noindent
917 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
918 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
919 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
920 notice when the parser splits.
921
922 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
923 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
924 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
925 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
926 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
927 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
928 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
929 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
930 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
931 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
932 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
933 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
934 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
935 correctness.
936
937 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
938 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
939 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
940 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
941 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
942 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
943
944 @node Merging GLR Parses
945 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
946 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
947 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
948 @findex %dprec
949 @findex %merge
950 @cindex conflicts
951 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
952
953 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
954
955 @example
956 %@{
957 #include <stdio.h>
958 #define YYSTYPE char const *
959 int yylex (void);
960 void yyerror (char const *);
961 %@}
962
963 %token TYPENAME ID
964
965 %right '='
966 %left '+'
967
968 %glr-parser
969
970 %%
971
972 prog :
973 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
974 ;
975
976 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
977 | decl %dprec 2
978 ;
979
980 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
981 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
982 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
983 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
984 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
985 ;
986
987 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
988 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
989 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
990 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
991 ;
992
993 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
994 | '(' declarator ')'
995 ;
996 @end example
997
998 @noindent
999 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
1000 certain declarations and statements. For example,
1001
1002 @example
1003 T (x) = y+z;
1004 @end example
1005
1006 @noindent
1007 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1008 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1009 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1010 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1011 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1012 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1013 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1014 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1015 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1016 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1017 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1018 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1019 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1020 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1021
1022 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1023 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1024 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1025 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1026 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1027 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1028 The parser therefore prints
1029
1030 @example
1031 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1032 @end example
1033
1034 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1035 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1036
1037 @example
1038 T (x) + y;
1039 @end example
1040
1041 @noindent
1042 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1043 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1044 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1045 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1046 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1047 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1048 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1049 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1050 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1051 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1052
1053 @example
1054 x T <cast> y +
1055 @end example
1056
1057 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1058 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1059 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1060 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1061 follows:
1062
1063 @example
1064 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1065 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1066 ;
1067 @end example
1068
1069 @noindent
1070 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1071
1072 @example
1073 static YYSTYPE
1074 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1075 @{
1076 printf ("<OR> ");
1077 return "";
1078 @}
1079 @end example
1080
1081 @noindent
1082 with an accompanying forward declaration
1083 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1084
1085 @example
1086 %@{
1087 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1088 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1089 %@}
1090 @end example
1091
1092 @noindent
1093 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1094 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1095
1096 @example
1097 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1098 @end example
1099
1100 Bison requires that all of the
1101 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1102 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1103 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1104 the offending merge.
1105
1106 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1107 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1108
1109 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1110 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1111 the associated reduction.
1112 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1113 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1114
1115 @vindex yychar
1116 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1117 @vindex yylval
1118 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1119 @vindex yylloc
1120 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1121 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1122 the look-ahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1123 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1124 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1125 look-ahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1126 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1127 influence syntax analysis.
1128 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
1129
1130 @findex yyclearin
1131 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1132 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1133 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1134 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1135 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1136 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1137 future versions of Bison.
1138 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1139 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1140 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1141
1142 @findex YYERROR
1143 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1144 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1145 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1146 initiate error recovery.
1147 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1148 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1149 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1150 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1151
1152 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1153 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1154
1155 @node Compiler Requirements
1156 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1157 @cindex @code{inline}
1158 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1159
1160 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1161 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1162 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1163 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1164 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1165 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1166
1167 @example
1168 %@{
1169 #include <config.h>
1170 %@}
1171 @end example
1172
1173 @noindent
1174 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1175
1176 @example
1177 %@{
1178 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1179 #define inline
1180 #endif
1181 %@}
1182 @end example
1183
1184 @node Locations Overview
1185 @section Locations
1186 @cindex location
1187 @cindex textual location
1188 @cindex location, textual
1189
1190 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1191 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1192 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1193 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1194
1195 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1196 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1197 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1198 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1199
1200 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1201 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1202 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1203 @code{@@3}.
1204
1205 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1206 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1207 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1208 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1209 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1210 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1211 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1212
1213 @node Bison Parser
1214 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1215 @cindex Bison parser
1216 @cindex Bison utility
1217 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1218 @cindex parser
1219
1220 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1221 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1222 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1223 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1224 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1225 program.
1226
1227 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1228 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1229 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1230 uses.
1231
1232 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1233 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1234 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1235 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1236 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1237 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1238 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1239
1240 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1241 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1242 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1243 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1244 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1245 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1246 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1247 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1248
1249 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1250 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1251 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1252 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1253 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1254 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1255 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1256 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1257 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1258 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1259 meanings.
1260
1261 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1262 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1263 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1264 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1265 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1266 included if message translation is in use
1267 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1268 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1269 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1270
1271 @node Stages
1272 @section Stages in Using Bison
1273 @cindex stages in using Bison
1274 @cindex using Bison
1275
1276 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1277 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1278
1279 @enumerate
1280 @item
1281 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1282 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1283 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1284 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1285 sequence of C statements.
1286
1287 @item
1288 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1289 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1290 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1291 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1292
1293 @item
1294 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1295
1296 @item
1297 Write error-reporting routines.
1298 @end enumerate
1299
1300 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1301 must follow these steps:
1302
1303 @enumerate
1304 @item
1305 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1306
1307 @item
1308 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1309
1310 @item
1311 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1312 @end enumerate
1313
1314 @node Grammar Layout
1315 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1316 @cindex grammar file
1317 @cindex file format
1318 @cindex format of grammar file
1319 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1320
1321 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1322 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1323
1324 @example
1325 %@{
1326 @var{Prologue}
1327 %@}
1328
1329 @var{Bison declarations}
1330
1331 %%
1332 @var{Grammar rules}
1333 %%
1334 @var{Epilogue}
1335 @end example
1336
1337 @noindent
1338 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1339 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1340
1341 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1342 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1343 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1344 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1345 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1346 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1347
1348 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1349 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1350 semantic values of various symbols.
1351
1352 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1353 parts.
1354
1355 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1356 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1357 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1358
1359 @node Examples
1360 @chapter Examples
1361 @cindex simple examples
1362 @cindex examples, simple
1363
1364 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1365 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1366 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1367 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1368 desk-top calculator.
1369
1370 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1371 languages are written the same way.
1372 @ifinfo
1373 You can copy these examples out of the Info file and into a source file
1374 to try them.
1375 @end ifinfo
1376
1377 @menu
1378 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1379 a first example with no operator precedence.
1380 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1381 Operator precedence is introduced.
1382 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1383 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1384 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1385 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1386 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1387 @end menu
1388
1389 @node RPN Calc
1390 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1391 @cindex reverse polish notation
1392 @cindex polish notation calculator
1393 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1394 @cindex calculator, simple
1395
1396 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1397 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1398 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1399 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1400
1401 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1402 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1403
1404 @menu
1405 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1406 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1407 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1408 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1409 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1410 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1411 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1412 @end menu
1413
1414 @node Rpcalc Decls
1415 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1416
1417 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1418 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1419
1420 @example
1421 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1422
1423 %@{
1424 #define YYSTYPE double
1425 #include <math.h>
1426 int yylex (void);
1427 void yyerror (char const *);
1428 %@}
1429
1430 %token NUM
1431
1432 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1433 @end example
1434
1435 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1436 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1437
1438 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1439 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1440 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1441 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1442 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1443 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1444 which is a floating point number.
1445
1446 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1447 function @code{pow}.
1448
1449 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1450 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1451 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1452 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1453 prologue.
1454
1455 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1456 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1457 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1458 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1459 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1460 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1461 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1462 type for numeric constants.
1463
1464 @node Rpcalc Rules
1465 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1466
1467 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1468
1469 @example
1470 input: /* empty */
1471 | input line
1472 ;
1473
1474 line: '\n'
1475 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1476 ;
1477
1478 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1479 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1480 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1481 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1482 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1483 /* Exponentiation */
1484 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1485 /* Unary minus */
1486 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1487 ;
1488 %%
1489 @end example
1490
1491 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1492 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1493 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1494 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the @samp{|} punctuator
1495 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1496 mean.
1497
1498 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1499 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1500 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1501
1502 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1503 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1504 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1505 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1506 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1507 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1508
1509 @menu
1510 * Rpcalc Input::
1511 * Rpcalc Line::
1512 * Rpcalc Expr::
1513 @end menu
1514
1515 @node Rpcalc Input
1516 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1517
1518 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1519
1520 @example
1521 input: /* empty */
1522 | input line
1523 ;
1524 @end example
1525
1526 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1527 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1528 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1529 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1530 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1531
1532 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1533 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1534 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1535 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1536 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1537 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1538
1539 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1540 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1541 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1542 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1543 more times.
1544
1545 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1546 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1547 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1548
1549 @node Rpcalc Line
1550 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1551
1552 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1553
1554 @example
1555 line: '\n'
1556 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1557 ;
1558 @end example
1559
1560 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1561 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1562 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1563 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1564 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1565 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1566 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1567
1568 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1569 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1570 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1571 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1572 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1573
1574 @node Rpcalc Expr
1575 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1576
1577 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1578 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1579 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1580 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1581
1582 @example
1583 exp: NUM
1584 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1585 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1586 @dots{}
1587 ;
1588 @end example
1589
1590 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1591 equally well have written them separately:
1592
1593 @example
1594 exp: NUM ;
1595 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1596 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1597 @dots{}
1598 @end example
1599
1600 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1601 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1602 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1603 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1604 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1605 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1606 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1607 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1608
1609 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1610 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1611 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1612
1613 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1614 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1615 For example, this:
1616
1617 @example
1618 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1619 @end example
1620
1621 @noindent
1622 means the same thing as this:
1623
1624 @example
1625 exp: NUM
1626 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1627 | @dots{}
1628 ;
1629 @end example
1630
1631 @noindent
1632 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1633
1634 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1635 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1636 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1637 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1638
1639 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1640 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1641 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1642 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1643
1644 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1645 calculator. This
1646 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1647 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1648 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1649 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1650
1651 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1652 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1653 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1654 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1655 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1656 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1657 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1658 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1659 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1660
1661 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1662 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1663 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1664 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1665 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1666
1667 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1668 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1669
1670 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1671
1672 @example
1673 @group
1674 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1675 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1676 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1677 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1678
1679 #include <ctype.h>
1680 @end group
1681
1682 @group
1683 int
1684 yylex (void)
1685 @{
1686 int c;
1687
1688 /* Skip white space. */
1689 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1690 ;
1691 @end group
1692 @group
1693 /* Process numbers. */
1694 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1695 @{
1696 ungetc (c, stdin);
1697 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1698 return NUM;
1699 @}
1700 @end group
1701 @group
1702 /* Return end-of-input. */
1703 if (c == EOF)
1704 return 0;
1705 /* Return a single char. */
1706 return c;
1707 @}
1708 @end group
1709 @end example
1710
1711 @node Rpcalc Main
1712 @subsection The Controlling Function
1713 @cindex controlling function
1714 @cindex main function in simple example
1715
1716 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1717 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1718 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1719
1720 @example
1721 @group
1722 int
1723 main (void)
1724 @{
1725 return yyparse ();
1726 @}
1727 @end group
1728 @end example
1729
1730 @node Rpcalc Error
1731 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1732 @cindex error reporting routine
1733
1734 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1735 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1736 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1737 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1738 here is the definition we will use:
1739
1740 @example
1741 @group
1742 #include <stdio.h>
1743
1744 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1745 void
1746 yyerror (char const *s)
1747 @{
1748 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1749 @}
1750 @end group
1751 @end example
1752
1753 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1754 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1755 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1756 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1757 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1758 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1759
1760 @node Rpcalc Gen
1761 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1762 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1763
1764 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1765 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1766 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1767 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1768 end, in the epilogue of the file
1769 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1770
1771 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1772 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1773
1774 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1775 convert it into a parser file:
1776
1777 @example
1778 bison @var{file}.y
1779 @end example
1780
1781 @noindent
1782 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1783 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1784 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1785 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1786 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1787 are copied verbatim to the output.
1788
1789 @node Rpcalc Compile
1790 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1791 @cindex compiling the parser
1792
1793 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1794
1795 @example
1796 @group
1797 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1798 $ @kbd{ls}
1799 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1800 @end group
1801
1802 @group
1803 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1804 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1805 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1806 @end group
1807
1808 @group
1809 # @r{List files again.}
1810 $ @kbd{ls}
1811 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1812 @end group
1813 @end example
1814
1815 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1816 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1817
1818 @example
1819 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1820 @kbd{4 9 +}
1821 13
1822 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1823 -13
1824 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1825 13
1826 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1827 -3.166666667
1828 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1829 81
1830 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1831 $
1832 @end example
1833
1834 @node Infix Calc
1835 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1836 @cindex infix notation calculator
1837 @cindex @code{calc}
1838 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1839
1840 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1841 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1842 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1843 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1844
1845 @example
1846 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1847
1848 %@{
1849 #define YYSTYPE double
1850 #include <math.h>
1851 #include <stdio.h>
1852 int yylex (void);
1853 void yyerror (char const *);
1854 %@}
1855
1856 /* Bison declarations. */
1857 %token NUM
1858 %left '-' '+'
1859 %left '*' '/'
1860 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1861 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1862
1863 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1864 input: /* empty */
1865 | input line
1866 ;
1867
1868 line: '\n'
1869 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1870 ;
1871
1872 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1873 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1874 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1875 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1876 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1877 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1878 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1879 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1880 ;
1881 %%
1882 @end example
1883
1884 @noindent
1885 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1886 same as before.
1887
1888 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1889
1890 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1891 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1892 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1893 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1894 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1895 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1896 the associativity.)
1897
1898 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1899 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1900 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1901 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1902 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1903 Precedence}.
1904
1905 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1906 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1907 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1908 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1909 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1910
1911 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1912
1913 @need 500
1914 @example
1915 $ @kbd{calc}
1916 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1917 6.880952381
1918 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1919 -54
1920 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1921 9
1922 @end example
1923
1924 @node Simple Error Recovery
1925 @section Simple Error Recovery
1926 @cindex error recovery, simple
1927
1928 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1929 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1930 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1931 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1932 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1933 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1934
1935 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1936 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1937 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1938
1939 @example
1940 @group
1941 line: '\n'
1942 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1943 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1944 ;
1945 @end group
1946 @end example
1947
1948 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1949 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1950 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1951 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1952 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1953 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1954 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1955 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1956 misprint.
1957
1958 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1959 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1960 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1961 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1962 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1963 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1964 Bison programs.
1965
1966 @node Location Tracking Calc
1967 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1968 @cindex location tracking calculator
1969 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1970 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1971
1972 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1973 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1974 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1975 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1976 analyzer.
1977
1978 @menu
1979 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1980 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1981 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1982 @end menu
1983
1984 @node Ltcalc Decls
1985 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1986
1987 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1988 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1989
1990 @example
1991 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1992
1993 %@{
1994 #define YYSTYPE int
1995 #include <math.h>
1996 int yylex (void);
1997 void yyerror (char const *);
1998 %@}
1999
2000 /* Bison declarations. */
2001 %token NUM
2002
2003 %left '-' '+'
2004 %left '*' '/'
2005 %left NEG
2006 %right '^'
2007
2008 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2009 @end example
2010
2011 @noindent
2012 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
2013 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
2014 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2015 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2016 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2017 @code{last_column}.
2018
2019 @node Ltcalc Rules
2020 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2021
2022 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2023 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2024 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2025 from the new information.
2026
2027 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2028 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2029
2030 @example
2031 @group
2032 input : /* empty */
2033 | input line
2034 ;
2035 @end group
2036
2037 @group
2038 line : '\n'
2039 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2040 ;
2041 @end group
2042
2043 @group
2044 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2045 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2046 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2047 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2048 @end group
2049 @group
2050 | exp '/' exp
2051 @{
2052 if ($3)
2053 $$ = $1 / $3;
2054 else
2055 @{
2056 $$ = 1;
2057 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2058 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2059 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2060 @}
2061 @}
2062 @end group
2063 @group
2064 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2065 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2066 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2067 @end group
2068 @end example
2069
2070 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2071 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2072 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2073
2074 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2075 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2076 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2077 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2078 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2079 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2080 hand.
2081
2082 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2083 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2084
2085 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2086 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2087 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2088 semantic values.
2089
2090 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2091 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2092
2093 @example
2094 @group
2095 int
2096 yylex (void)
2097 @{
2098 int c;
2099 @end group
2100
2101 @group
2102 /* Skip white space. */
2103 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2104 ++yylloc.last_column;
2105 @end group
2106
2107 @group
2108 /* Step. */
2109 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2110 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2111 @end group
2112
2113 @group
2114 /* Process numbers. */
2115 if (isdigit (c))
2116 @{
2117 yylval = c - '0';
2118 ++yylloc.last_column;
2119 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2120 @{
2121 ++yylloc.last_column;
2122 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2123 @}
2124 ungetc (c, stdin);
2125 return NUM;
2126 @}
2127 @end group
2128
2129 /* Return end-of-input. */
2130 if (c == EOF)
2131 return 0;
2132
2133 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2134 if (c == '\n')
2135 @{
2136 ++yylloc.last_line;
2137 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2138 @}
2139 else
2140 ++yylloc.last_column;
2141 return c;
2142 @}
2143 @end example
2144
2145 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2146 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2147 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2148 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2149
2150 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2151 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2152 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2153 controlling function:
2154
2155 @example
2156 @group
2157 int
2158 main (void)
2159 @{
2160 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2161 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2162 return yyparse ();
2163 @}
2164 @end group
2165 @end example
2166
2167 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2168 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2169 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2170
2171 @node Multi-function Calc
2172 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2173 @cindex multi-function calculator
2174 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2175 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2176
2177 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2178 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2179 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2180 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2181 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2182
2183 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2184 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2185 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2186 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2187 functions whose syntax has this form:
2188
2189 @example
2190 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2191 @end example
2192
2193 @noindent
2194 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2195 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2196 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2197
2198 @example
2199 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2200 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2201 3.1415926536
2202 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2203 0.0000000000
2204 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2205 2.3000000000
2206 @kbd{alpha}
2207 2.3000000000
2208 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2209 0.8329091229
2210 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2211 2.3000000000
2212 $
2213 @end example
2214
2215 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2216
2217 @menu
2218 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2219 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2220 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2221 @end menu
2222
2223 @node Mfcalc Decl
2224 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2225
2226 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2227
2228 @smallexample
2229 @group
2230 %@{
2231 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2232 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2233 int yylex (void);
2234 void yyerror (char const *);
2235 %@}
2236 @end group
2237 @group
2238 %union @{
2239 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2240 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2241 @}
2242 @end group
2243 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2244 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2245 %type <val> exp
2246
2247 @group
2248 %right '='
2249 %left '-' '+'
2250 %left '*' '/'
2251 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2252 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2253 @end group
2254 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2255 @end smallexample
2256
2257 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2258 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2259 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2260
2261 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2262 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2263 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2264 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2265
2266 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2267 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2268 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2269 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2270 between angle brackets).
2271
2272 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2273 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2274 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2275 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2276 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2277 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2278
2279 @node Mfcalc Rules
2280 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2281
2282 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2283 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2284 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2285
2286 @smallexample
2287 @group
2288 input: /* empty */
2289 | input line
2290 ;
2291 @end group
2292
2293 @group
2294 line:
2295 '\n'
2296 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2297 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2298 ;
2299 @end group
2300
2301 @group
2302 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2303 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2304 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2305 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2306 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2307 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2308 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2309 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2310 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2311 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2312 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2313 ;
2314 @end group
2315 /* End of grammar. */
2316 %%
2317 @end smallexample
2318
2319 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2320 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2321 @cindex symbol table example
2322
2323 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2324 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2325 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2326 requires some additional C functions for support.
2327
2328 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2329 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2330 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2331
2332 @smallexample
2333 @group
2334 /* Function type. */
2335 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2336 @end group
2337
2338 @group
2339 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2340 struct symrec
2341 @{
2342 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2343 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2344 union
2345 @{
2346 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2347 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2348 @} value;
2349 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2350 @};
2351 @end group
2352
2353 @group
2354 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2355
2356 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2357 extern symrec *sym_table;
2358
2359 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2360 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2361 @end group
2362 @end smallexample
2363
2364 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2365 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2366 @code{init_table} as well:
2367
2368 @smallexample
2369 #include <stdio.h>
2370
2371 @group
2372 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2373 void
2374 yyerror (char const *s)
2375 @{
2376 printf ("%s\n", s);
2377 @}
2378 @end group
2379
2380 @group
2381 struct init
2382 @{
2383 char const *fname;
2384 double (*fnct) (double);
2385 @};
2386 @end group
2387
2388 @group
2389 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2390 @{
2391 "sin", sin,
2392 "cos", cos,
2393 "atan", atan,
2394 "ln", log,
2395 "exp", exp,
2396 "sqrt", sqrt,
2397 0, 0
2398 @};
2399 @end group
2400
2401 @group
2402 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2403 symrec *sym_table;
2404 @end group
2405
2406 @group
2407 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2408 void
2409 init_table (void)
2410 @{
2411 int i;
2412 symrec *ptr;
2413 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2414 @{
2415 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2416 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2417 @}
2418 @}
2419 @end group
2420
2421 @group
2422 int
2423 main (void)
2424 @{
2425 init_table ();
2426 return yyparse ();
2427 @}
2428 @end group
2429 @end smallexample
2430
2431 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2432 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2433
2434 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2435 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2436 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2437 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2438 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2439 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2440
2441 @smallexample
2442 symrec *
2443 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2444 @{
2445 symrec *ptr;
2446 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2447 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2448 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2449 ptr->type = sym_type;
2450 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2451 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2452 sym_table = ptr;
2453 return ptr;
2454 @}
2455
2456 symrec *
2457 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2458 @{
2459 symrec *ptr;
2460 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2461 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2462 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2463 return ptr;
2464 return 0;
2465 @}
2466 @end smallexample
2467
2468 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2469 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2470 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2471 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2472
2473 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2474 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2475 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2476 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2477 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2478 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2479
2480 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2481 operators in @code{yylex}.
2482
2483 @smallexample
2484 @group
2485 #include <ctype.h>
2486 @end group
2487
2488 @group
2489 int
2490 yylex (void)
2491 @{
2492 int c;
2493
2494 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2495 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2496
2497 if (c == EOF)
2498 return 0;
2499 @end group
2500
2501 @group
2502 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2503 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2504 @{
2505 ungetc (c, stdin);
2506 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2507 return NUM;
2508 @}
2509 @end group
2510
2511 @group
2512 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2513 if (isalpha (c))
2514 @{
2515 symrec *s;
2516 static char *symbuf = 0;
2517 static int length = 0;
2518 int i;
2519 @end group
2520
2521 @group
2522 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2523 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2524 if (length == 0)
2525 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2526
2527 i = 0;
2528 do
2529 @end group
2530 @group
2531 @{
2532 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2533 if (i == length)
2534 @{
2535 length *= 2;
2536 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2537 @}
2538 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2539 symbuf[i++] = c;
2540 /* Get another character. */
2541 c = getchar ();
2542 @}
2543 @end group
2544 @group
2545 while (isalnum (c));
2546
2547 ungetc (c, stdin);
2548 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2549 @end group
2550
2551 @group
2552 s = getsym (symbuf);
2553 if (s == 0)
2554 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2555 yylval.tptr = s;
2556 return s->type;
2557 @}
2558
2559 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2560 return c;
2561 @}
2562 @end group
2563 @end smallexample
2564
2565 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2566 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2567 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2568
2569 @node Exercises
2570 @section Exercises
2571 @cindex exercises
2572
2573 @enumerate
2574 @item
2575 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2576
2577 @item
2578 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2579 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2580 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2581
2582 @item
2583 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2584 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2585 @end enumerate
2586
2587 @node Grammar File
2588 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2589
2590 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2591 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2592
2593 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2594 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2595
2596 @menu
2597 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2598 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2599 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2600 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2601 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2602 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2603 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2604 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2605 @end menu
2606
2607 @node Grammar Outline
2608 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2609
2610 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2611 appropriate delimiters:
2612
2613 @example
2614 %@{
2615 @var{Prologue}
2616 %@}
2617
2618 @var{Bison declarations}
2619
2620 %%
2621 @var{Grammar rules}
2622 %%
2623
2624 @var{Epilogue}
2625 @end example
2626
2627 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2628 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2629 continues until end of line.
2630
2631 @menu
2632 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2633 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2634 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2635 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2636 @end menu
2637
2638 @node Prologue
2639 @subsection The prologue
2640 @cindex declarations section
2641 @cindex Prologue
2642 @cindex declarations
2643
2644 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2645 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2646 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2647 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2648 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2649 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2650 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2651
2652 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the the first occurrence
2653 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2654 character constant.
2655
2656 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2657 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2658 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2659 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2660 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2661 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2662 @code{%union} declaration.
2663
2664 @smallexample
2665 %@{
2666 #include <stdio.h>
2667 #include "ptypes.h"
2668 %@}
2669
2670 %union @{
2671 long int n;
2672 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2673 @}
2674
2675 %@{
2676 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2677 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2678 %@}
2679
2680 @dots{}
2681 @end smallexample
2682
2683 @node Bison Declarations
2684 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2685 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2686 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2687
2688 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2689 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2690 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2691 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2692
2693 @node Grammar Rules
2694 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2695 @cindex grammar rules section
2696 @cindex rules section for grammar
2697
2698 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2699 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2700
2701 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2702 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2703 if it is the first thing in the file.
2704
2705 @node Epilogue
2706 @subsection The epilogue
2707 @cindex additional C code section
2708 @cindex epilogue
2709 @cindex C code, section for additional
2710
2711 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2712 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2713 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2714 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2715 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2716 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2717 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2718 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2719 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2720
2721 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2722 from the grammar rules.
2723
2724 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2725 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2726 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2727 of the grammar file.
2728
2729 @node Symbols
2730 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2731 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2732 @cindex terminal symbol
2733 @cindex token type
2734 @cindex symbol
2735
2736 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2737 of the language.
2738
2739 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2740 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2741 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2742 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2743 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2744 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2745 the symbol to stand for it.
2746
2747 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2748 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2749 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2750
2751 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2752 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2753
2754 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2755
2756 @itemize @bullet
2757 @item
2758 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2759 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2760 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2761 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2762
2763 @item
2764 @cindex character token
2765 @cindex literal token
2766 @cindex single-character literal
2767 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2768 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2769 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2770 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2771 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2772 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2773 ,Operator Precedence}).
2774
2775 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2776 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2777 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2778 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2779 your program will confuse other readers.
2780
2781 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2782 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2783 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2784 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2785 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2786 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2787 allowed.
2788
2789 @item
2790 @cindex string token
2791 @cindex literal string token
2792 @cindex multicharacter literal
2793 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2794 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2795 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2796 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2797 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2798
2799 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2800 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2801 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2802 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2803 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2804
2805 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2806
2807 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2808 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2809 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2810 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2811 read your program will be confused.
2812
2813 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2814 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2815 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2816 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2817 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2818 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2819 @end itemize
2820
2821 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2822 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2823 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2824
2825 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2826 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2827 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2828 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2829 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2830 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2831 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2832 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2833 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2834 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2835 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2836 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2837
2838 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2839 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2840 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2841 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2842 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2843
2844 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2845 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
2846 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2847 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2848 characters in the following C-language string:
2849
2850 @example
2851 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2852 @end example
2853
2854 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
2855 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2856 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
2857 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2858 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
2859 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2860 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
2861 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
2862 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
2863 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
2864 compiling them.
2865
2866 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2867 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2868 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2869 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2870 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2871
2872 @node Rules
2873 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2874 @cindex rule syntax
2875 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2876 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2877
2878 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2879
2880 @example
2881 @group
2882 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2883 ;
2884 @end group
2885 @end example
2886
2887 @noindent
2888 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2889 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2890 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2891
2892 For example,
2893
2894 @example
2895 @group
2896 exp: exp '+' exp
2897 ;
2898 @end group
2899 @end example
2900
2901 @noindent
2902 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2903 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2904
2905 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2906 extra white space as you wish.
2907
2908 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2909 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2910
2911 @example
2912 @{@var{C statements}@}
2913 @end example
2914
2915 @noindent
2916 @cindex braced code
2917 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
2918 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
2919 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
2920 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
2921 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
2922
2923 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
2924 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
2925 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
2926 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
2927 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
2928 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
2929 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
2930 character constants.
2931
2932 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2933 @xref{Actions}.
2934
2935 @findex |
2936 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2937 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2938
2939 @ifinfo
2940 @example
2941 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2942 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2943 @dots{}
2944 ;
2945 @end example
2946 @end ifinfo
2947 @iftex
2948 @example
2949 @group
2950 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2951 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2952 @dots{}
2953 ;
2954 @end group
2955 @end example
2956 @end iftex
2957
2958 @noindent
2959 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2960
2961 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2962 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2963 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2964
2965 @example
2966 @group
2967 expseq: /* empty */
2968 | expseq1
2969 ;
2970 @end group
2971
2972 @group
2973 expseq1: exp
2974 | expseq1 ',' exp
2975 ;
2976 @end group
2977 @end example
2978
2979 @noindent
2980 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2981 with no components.
2982
2983 @node Recursion
2984 @section Recursive Rules
2985 @cindex recursive rule
2986
2987 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
2988 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
2989 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
2990 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2991 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2992
2993 @example
2994 @group
2995 expseq1: exp
2996 | expseq1 ',' exp
2997 ;
2998 @end group
2999 @end example
3000
3001 @cindex left recursion
3002 @cindex right recursion
3003 @noindent
3004 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3005 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3006 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3007
3008 @example
3009 @group
3010 expseq1: exp
3011 | exp ',' expseq1
3012 ;
3013 @end group
3014 @end example
3015
3016 @noindent
3017 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3018 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3019 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3020 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3021 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3022 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3023 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3024 of this.
3025
3026 @cindex mutual recursion
3027 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3028 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3029 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3030 side.
3031
3032 For example:
3033
3034 @example
3035 @group
3036 expr: primary
3037 | primary '+' primary
3038 ;
3039 @end group
3040
3041 @group
3042 primary: constant
3043 | '(' expr ')'
3044 ;
3045 @end group
3046 @end example
3047
3048 @noindent
3049 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3050 other.
3051
3052 @node Semantics
3053 @section Defining Language Semantics
3054 @cindex defining language semantics
3055 @cindex language semantics, defining
3056
3057 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3058 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3059 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3060
3061 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3062 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3063 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3064 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3065
3066 @menu
3067 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3068 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3069 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3070 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3071 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3072 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3073 action in the middle of a rule.
3074 @end menu
3075
3076 @node Value Type
3077 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3078 @cindex semantic value type
3079 @cindex value type, semantic
3080 @cindex data types of semantic values
3081 @cindex default data type
3082
3083 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3084 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3085 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3086 Notation Calculator}).
3087
3088 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3089 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3090
3091 @example
3092 #define YYSTYPE double
3093 @end example
3094
3095 @noindent
3096 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3097 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3098
3099 @node Multiple Types
3100 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3101
3102 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3103 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3104 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3105 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3106 symbol table.
3107
3108 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3109 requires you to do two things:
3110
3111 @itemize @bullet
3112 @item
3113 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3114 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3115 Value Types}).
3116
3117 @item
3118 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3119 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3120 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3121 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3122 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3123 @end itemize
3124
3125 @node Actions
3126 @subsection Actions
3127 @cindex action
3128 @vindex $$
3129 @vindex $@var{n}
3130
3131 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3132 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3133 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3134 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3135
3136 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3137 placed at any position in the rule;
3138 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3139 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3140 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3141 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3142
3143 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3144 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3145 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3146 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3147 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3148 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3149 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3150
3151 Here is a typical example:
3152
3153 @example
3154 @group
3155 exp: @dots{}
3156 | exp '+' exp
3157 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3158 @end group
3159 @end example
3160
3161 @noindent
3162 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3163 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3164 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3165 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3166 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3167 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3168 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3169 referred to as @code{$2}.
3170
3171 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3172 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3173 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3174 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3175 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3176
3177 @example
3178 @group
3179 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3180 @end group
3181 @end example
3182
3183 @cindex default action
3184 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3185 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3186 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3187 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3188 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3189 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3190
3191 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3192 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3193 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3194 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3195 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3196
3197 @example
3198 @group
3199 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3200 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3201 ;
3202 @end group
3203
3204 @group
3205 bar: /* empty */
3206 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3207 ;
3208 @end group
3209 @end example
3210
3211 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3212 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3213 definition of @code{foo}.
3214
3215 @vindex yylval
3216 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the look-ahead token, if
3217 any, from a semantic action.
3218 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3219 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3220
3221 @node Action Types
3222 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3223 @cindex action data types
3224 @cindex data types in actions
3225
3226 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3227 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3228
3229 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3230 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3231 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3232 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3233 in the rule. In this example,
3234
3235 @example
3236 @group
3237 exp: @dots{}
3238 | exp '+' exp
3239 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3240 @end group
3241 @end example
3242
3243 @noindent
3244 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3245 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3246 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3247 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3248
3249 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3250 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3251 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3252
3253 @example
3254 @group
3255 %union @{
3256 int itype;
3257 double dtype;
3258 @}
3259 @end group
3260 @end example
3261
3262 @noindent
3263 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3264 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3265
3266 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3267 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3268 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3269 @cindex mid-rule actions
3270
3271 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3272 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3273 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3274
3275 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3276 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3277 it is run before they are parsed.
3278
3279 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3280 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3281 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3282 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3283 @code{$@var{n}}.
3284
3285 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3286 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3287 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3288 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3289 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3290 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3291
3292 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3293 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3294 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3295 at the end of the rule.
3296
3297 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3298 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3299 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3300 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3301 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3302 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3303
3304 @example
3305 @group
3306 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3307 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3308 declare_variable ($3); @}
3309 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3310 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3311 @end group
3312 @end example
3313
3314 @noindent
3315 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3316 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3317 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3318 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3319 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3320 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3321 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3322 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3323
3324 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3325 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3326 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3327 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3328 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3329
3330 @findex %destructor
3331 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3332 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3333 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3334 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3335 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3336 restoring it.
3337 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3338 Discarded Symbols}).
3339 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor for a
3340 mid-rule action's semantic value.
3341
3342 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3343 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3344
3345 @example
3346 @group
3347 %type <context> let
3348 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3349
3350 %%
3351
3352 stmt: let stmt
3353 @{ $$ = $2;
3354 pop_context ($1); @}
3355 ;
3356
3357 let: LET '(' var ')'
3358 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3359 declare_variable ($3); @}
3360 ;
3361
3362 @end group
3363 @end example
3364
3365 @noindent
3366 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3367 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3368 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3369
3370 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3371 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3372 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3373 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3374 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3375 declaration or not:
3376
3377 @example
3378 @group
3379 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3380 | '@{' statements '@}'
3381 ;
3382 @end group
3383 @end example
3384
3385 @noindent
3386 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3387
3388 @example
3389 @group
3390 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3391 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3392 @end group
3393 @group
3394 | '@{' statements '@}'
3395 ;
3396 @end group
3397 @end example
3398
3399 @noindent
3400 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3401 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3402 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3403 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3404 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3405 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
3406
3407 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3408 actions into the two rules, like this:
3409
3410 @example
3411 @group
3412 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3413 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3414 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3415 '@{' statements '@}'
3416 ;
3417 @end group
3418 @end example
3419
3420 @noindent
3421 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3422 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3423
3424 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3425 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3426 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3427
3428 @example
3429 @group
3430 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3431 declarations statements '@}'
3432 | '@{' statements '@}'
3433 ;
3434 @end group
3435 @end example
3436
3437 @noindent
3438 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3439 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3440
3441 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3442 serves as a subroutine:
3443
3444 @example
3445 @group
3446 subroutine: /* empty */
3447 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3448 ;
3449
3450 @end group
3451
3452 @group
3453 compound: subroutine
3454 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3455 | subroutine
3456 '@{' statements '@}'
3457 ;
3458 @end group
3459 @end example
3460
3461 @noindent
3462 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3463 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3464
3465 @node Locations
3466 @section Tracking Locations
3467 @cindex location
3468 @cindex textual location
3469 @cindex location, textual
3470
3471 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3472 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3473 especially symbol locations.
3474
3475 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3476 actions to take when rules are matched.
3477
3478 @menu
3479 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3480 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3481 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3482 @end menu
3483
3484 @node Location Type
3485 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3486 @cindex data type of locations
3487 @cindex default location type
3488
3489 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3490 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3491
3492 The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}.
3493 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3494 four members:
3495
3496 @example
3497 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3498 @{
3499 int first_line;
3500 int first_column;
3501 int last_line;
3502 int last_column;
3503 @} YYLTYPE;
3504 @end example
3505
3506 @node Actions and Locations
3507 @subsection Actions and Locations
3508 @cindex location actions
3509 @cindex actions, location
3510 @vindex @@$
3511 @vindex @@@var{n}
3512
3513 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3514 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3515
3516 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3517 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3518 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3519 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3520 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3521 @code{@@$}.
3522
3523 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3524
3525 @example
3526 @group
3527 exp: @dots{}
3528 | exp '/' exp
3529 @{
3530 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3531 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3532 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3533 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3534 if ($3)
3535 $$ = $1 / $3;
3536 else
3537 @{
3538 $$ = 1;
3539 fprintf (stderr,
3540 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3541 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3542 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3543 @}
3544 @}
3545 @end group
3546 @end example
3547
3548 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3549 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3550 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3551 last symbol.
3552
3553 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3554 example above simply rewrites this way:
3555
3556 @example
3557 @group
3558 exp: @dots{}
3559 | exp '/' exp
3560 @{
3561 if ($3)
3562 $$ = $1 / $3;
3563 else
3564 @{
3565 $$ = 1;
3566 fprintf (stderr,
3567 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3568 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3569 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3570 @}
3571 @}
3572 @end group
3573 @end example
3574
3575 @vindex yylloc
3576 It is also possible to access the location of the look-ahead token, if any,
3577 from a semantic action.
3578 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3579 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3580
3581 @node Location Default Action
3582 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3583 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3584 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3585
3586 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3587 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3588 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3589 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3590 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3591 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3592 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3593 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3594 of that ambiguity.
3595
3596 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3597 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3598
3599 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3600 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3601 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3602 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3603 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3604 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3605 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3606 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3607 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3608 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3609
3610 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3611
3612 @smallexample
3613 @group
3614 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3615 do \
3616 if (N) \
3617 @{ \
3618 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3619 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3620 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3621 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3622 @} \
3623 else \
3624 @{ \
3625 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3626 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3627 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3628 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3629 @} \
3630 while (0)
3631 @end group
3632 @end smallexample
3633
3634 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3635 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3636 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3637
3638 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3639
3640 @itemize @bullet
3641 @item
3642 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3643 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3644
3645 @item
3646 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3647 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3648 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3649 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3650
3651 @item
3652 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3653 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3654 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3655 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3656 @end itemize
3657
3658 @node Declarations
3659 @section Bison Declarations
3660 @cindex declarations, Bison
3661 @cindex Bison declarations
3662
3663 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3664 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3665 @xref{Symbols}.
3666
3667 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3668 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3669 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3670 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3671
3672 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3673 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3674 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3675 Grammars}).
3676
3677 @menu
3678 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3679 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3680 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3681 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3682 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3683 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3684 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3685 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3686 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3687 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3688 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3689 @end menu
3690
3691 @node Require Decl
3692 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3693 @cindex version requirement
3694 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3695 @findex %require
3696
3697 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3698 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3699 status 63).
3700
3701 @example
3702 %require "@var{version}"
3703 @end example
3704
3705 @node Token Decl
3706 @subsection Token Type Names
3707 @cindex declaring token type names
3708 @cindex token type names, declaring
3709 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3710 @findex %token
3711
3712 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3713
3714 @example
3715 %token @var{name}
3716 @end example
3717
3718 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3719 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3720 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3721
3722 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3723 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3724 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3725 Precedence}.
3726
3727 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3728 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3729 following the token name:
3730
3731 @example
3732 %token NUM 300
3733 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3734 @end example
3735
3736 @noindent
3737 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3738 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3739 with each other or with normal characters.
3740
3741 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3742 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3743 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3744 Than One Value Type}).
3745
3746 For example:
3747
3748 @example
3749 @group
3750 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3751 double val;
3752 symrec *tptr;
3753 @}
3754 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3755 @end group
3756 @end example
3757
3758 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3759 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3760 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3761
3762 @example
3763 %token arrow "=>"
3764 @end example
3765
3766 @noindent
3767 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3768 equivalent literal string tokens:
3769
3770 @example
3771 %token <operator> OR "||"
3772 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3773 %left OR "<="
3774 @end example
3775
3776 @noindent
3777 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3778 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3779 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3780 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3781
3782 @node Precedence Decl
3783 @subsection Operator Precedence
3784 @cindex precedence declarations
3785 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3786 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3787
3788 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3789 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3790 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3791 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3792 operator precedence.
3793
3794 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3795 @code{%token}: either
3796
3797 @example
3798 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3799 @end example
3800
3801 @noindent
3802 or
3803
3804 @example
3805 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3806 @end example
3807
3808 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3809 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3810 all the @var{symbols}:
3811
3812 @itemize @bullet
3813 @item
3814 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3815 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3816 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3817 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3818 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3819 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3820 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3821 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3822 considered a syntax error.
3823
3824 @item
3825 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3826 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3827 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3828 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3829 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3830 @end itemize
3831
3832 @node Union Decl
3833 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3834 @cindex declaring value types
3835 @cindex value types, declaring
3836 @findex %union
3837
3838 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
3839 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
3840 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
3841 @code{union} in C@.
3842
3843 For example:
3844
3845 @example
3846 @group
3847 %union @{
3848 double val;
3849 symrec *tptr;
3850 @}
3851 @end group
3852 @end example
3853
3854 @noindent
3855 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3856 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3857 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3858 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3859
3860 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3861 @code{union}. For example:
3862
3863 @example
3864 @group
3865 %union value @{
3866 double val;
3867 symrec *tptr;
3868 @}
3869 @end group
3870 @end example
3871
3872 @noindent
3873 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3874 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3875 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3876
3877 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
3878 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
3879 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
3880
3881 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3882 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3883
3884 @node Type Decl
3885 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3886 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3887 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3888 @findex %type
3889
3890 @noindent
3891 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3892 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3893 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3894
3895 @example
3896 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3897 @end example
3898
3899 @noindent
3900 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3901 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3902 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3903 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3904 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3905 the symbol names.
3906
3907 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3908 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3909 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3910 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3911
3912 @node Initial Action Decl
3913 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3914 @findex %initial-action
3915
3916 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3917 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3918 code.
3919
3920 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3921 @findex %initial-action
3922 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3923 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3924 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
3925 @code{%parse-param}.
3926 @end deffn
3927
3928 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3929
3930 @example
3931 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3932 %initial-action
3933 @{
3934 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3935 @};
3936 @end example
3937
3938
3939 @node Destructor Decl
3940 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3941 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3942 @findex %destructor
3943
3944 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3945 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
3946 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
3947 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
3948 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
3949 must discard the start symbol.
3950
3951 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3952 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3953 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
3954 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
3955
3956 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
3957 symbol is automatically discarded.
3958
3959 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3960 @findex %destructor
3961 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
3962 @var{symbols}.
3963 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
3964 with the discarded symbol. The additional parser parameters are also
3965 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function
3966 @code{yyparse}}).
3967 @end deffn
3968
3969 For instance:
3970
3971 @smallexample
3972 %union
3973 @{
3974 char *string;
3975 @}
3976 %token <string> STRING
3977 %type <string> string
3978 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3979 @end smallexample
3980
3981 @noindent
3982 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
3983 its associated memory will be freed.
3984
3985 @sp 1
3986
3987 @cindex discarded symbols
3988 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3989
3990 @itemize
3991 @item
3992 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3993 @item
3994 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3995 @item
3996 the current look-ahead and the entire stack (except the current
3997 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
3998 @item
3999 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4000 @end itemize
4001
4002 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4003 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4004 exhaustion.
4005
4006 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4007 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4008 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4009 the memory.
4010
4011 @node Expect Decl
4012 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4013 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4014 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4015 @cindex warnings, preventing
4016 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4017 @findex %expect
4018 @findex %expect-rr
4019
4020 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4021 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4022 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4023 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4024 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4025 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4026
4027 The declaration looks like this:
4028
4029 @example
4030 %expect @var{n}
4031 @end example
4032
4033 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4034 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4035 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4036 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4037
4038 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4039 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4040 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4041 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4042 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4043 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4044 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4045
4046 @example
4047 %expect-rr @var{n}
4048 @end example
4049
4050 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4051
4052 @itemize @bullet
4053 @item
4054 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4055 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4056 print the number of conflicts.
4057
4058 @item
4059 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4060 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4061 go back to the beginning.
4062
4063 @item
4064 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4065 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4066 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4067 @end itemize
4068
4069 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4070 will keep silent otherwise.
4071
4072 @node Start Decl
4073 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4074 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4075 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4076 @cindex default start symbol
4077 @findex %start
4078
4079 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4080 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4081 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4082
4083 @example
4084 %start @var{symbol}
4085 @end example
4086
4087 @node Pure Decl
4088 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4089 @cindex reentrant parser
4090 @cindex pure parser
4091 @findex %pure-parser
4092
4093 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4094 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4095 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4096 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4097 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4098 program must be called only within interlocks.
4099
4100 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4101 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4102 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4103 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4104 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4105
4106 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4107 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4108 reentrant. It looks like this:
4109
4110 @example
4111 %pure-parser
4112 @end example
4113
4114 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4115 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4116 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4117 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4118 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4119 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4120 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4121 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4122
4123 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4124 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4125 valid grammar.
4126
4127 @node Decl Summary
4128 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4129 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4130 @cindex declaration summary
4131 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4132
4133 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4134
4135 @deffn {Directive} %union
4136 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4137 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4138 @end deffn
4139
4140 @deffn {Directive} %token
4141 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4142 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4143 @end deffn
4144
4145 @deffn {Directive} %right
4146 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4147 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4148 @end deffn
4149
4150 @deffn {Directive} %left
4151 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4152 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4153 @end deffn
4154
4155 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4156 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4157 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4158 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4159 @end deffn
4160
4161 @ifset defaultprec
4162 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4163 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4164 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4165 @end deffn
4166 @end ifset
4167
4168 @deffn {Directive} %type
4169 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4170 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4171 @end deffn
4172
4173 @deffn {Directive} %start
4174 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4175 Start-Symbol}).
4176 @end deffn
4177
4178 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4179 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4180 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4181 @end deffn
4182
4183
4184 @sp 1
4185 @noindent
4186 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4187 directives:
4188
4189 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4190 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4191 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4192 @end deffn
4193 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4194
4195 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4196 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4197 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4198 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4199 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4200
4201 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4202 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4203 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4204 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4205 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4206 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4207 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4208 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4209
4210 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4211 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4212 Parser}.
4213
4214 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4215 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4216 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4217 Locations}.
4218
4219 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4220 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4221 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4222 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4223 Tokens}.
4224 @end deffn
4225
4226 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4227 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4228 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4229 @end deffn
4230
4231 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4232 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4233 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4234 @end deffn
4235
4236 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4237 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4238 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4239 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4240 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4241 accurate syntax error messages.
4242 @end deffn
4243
4244 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4245 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4246 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4247 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4248 @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4249 possible @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4250 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4251 and so on. @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same
4252 Program}.
4253 @end deffn
4254
4255 @ifset defaultprec
4256 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4257 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4258 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4259 Precedence}).
4260 @end deffn
4261 @end ifset
4262
4263 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4264 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4265 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4266 declarations.
4267
4268 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4269 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4270 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4271 @end deffn
4272
4273 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4274 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4275 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4276 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4277 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4278 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4279 file in its own right.
4280 @end deffn
4281
4282 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4283 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4284 @end deffn
4285
4286 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4287 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4288 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4289 @end deffn
4290
4291 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4292 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4293 Require a Version of Bison}.
4294 @end deffn
4295
4296 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4297 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4298 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4299 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4300 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4301 @code{"$end"},
4302 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4303 defined in the grammar file.
4304
4305 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4306 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4307 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4308 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4309 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4310 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4311 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4312 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4313
4314 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4315 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4316 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4317
4318 @table @code
4319 @item YYNTOKENS
4320 The highest token number, plus one.
4321 @item YYNNTS
4322 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4323 @item YYNRULES
4324 The number of grammar rules,
4325 @item YYNSTATES
4326 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4327 @end table
4328 @end deffn
4329
4330 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4331 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4332 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
4333 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4334 information.
4335 @end deffn
4336
4337 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4338 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4339 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4340 @end deffn
4341
4342
4343 @node Multiple Parsers
4344 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4345
4346 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4347 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4348 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4349 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4350
4351 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4352 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4353 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4354 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4355 names that do not conflict.
4356
4357 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4358 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4359 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4360 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4361
4362 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4363 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4364 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4365 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4366 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4367
4368 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4369 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4370 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4371 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4372
4373 @node Interface
4374 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4375 @cindex C-language interface
4376 @cindex interface
4377
4378 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4379 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4380 functions that it needs to use.
4381
4382 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4383 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4384 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4385 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4386
4387 @menu
4388 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4389 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4390 which reads tokens.
4391 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4392 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4393 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4394 native language.
4395 @end menu
4396
4397 @node Parser Function
4398 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4399 @findex yyparse
4400
4401 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4402 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4403 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4404 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4405 without reading further.
4406
4407
4408 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4409 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4410 is due to end-of-input).
4411
4412 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4413 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4414 invoked.
4415
4416 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4417 @end deftypefun
4418
4419 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4420 these macros:
4421
4422 @defmac YYACCEPT
4423 @findex YYACCEPT
4424 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4425 @end defmac
4426
4427 @defmac YYABORT
4428 @findex YYABORT
4429 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4430 @end defmac
4431
4432 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4433 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4434 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4435
4436 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4437 @findex %parse-param
4438 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4439 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4440 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4441 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4442 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4443 @end deffn
4444
4445 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4446
4447 @example
4448 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4449 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4450 @end example
4451
4452 @noindent
4453 Then call the parser like this:
4454
4455 @example
4456 @{
4457 int nastiness, randomness;
4458 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4459 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4460 @dots{}
4461 @}
4462 @end example
4463
4464 @noindent
4465 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4466
4467 @example
4468 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4469 @end example
4470
4471
4472 @node Lexical
4473 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4474 @findex yylex
4475 @cindex lexical analyzer
4476
4477 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4478 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4479 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4480 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4481
4482 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4483 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4484 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4485 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4486 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4487 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4488 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4489
4490 @menu
4491 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4492 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4493 of the token it has read.
4494 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4495 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4496 actions want that.
4497 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4498 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4499 @end menu
4500
4501 @node Calling Convention
4502 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4503
4504 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4505 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4506 signifies end-of-input.
4507
4508 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4509 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4510 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4511 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4512
4513 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4514 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4515 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4516 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4517 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4518 signifies end-of-input.
4519
4520 Here is an example showing these things:
4521
4522 @example
4523 int
4524 yylex (void)
4525 @{
4526 @dots{}
4527 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4528 return 0;
4529 @dots{}
4530 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4531 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4532 @dots{}
4533 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4534 @dots{}
4535 @}
4536 @end example
4537
4538 @noindent
4539 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4540 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4541
4542 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4543 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4544
4545 @itemize @bullet
4546 @item
4547 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4548 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4549 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4550 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4551
4552 @item
4553 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4554 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4555 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4556 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4557 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4558 to Bison.
4559
4560 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4561 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4562 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4563 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4564
4565 @smallexample
4566 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4567 @{
4568 if (yytname[i] != 0
4569 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4570 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4571 strlen (token_buffer))
4572 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4573 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4574 break;
4575 @}
4576 @end smallexample
4577
4578 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4579 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4580 @end itemize
4581
4582 @node Token Values
4583 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4584
4585 @vindex yylval
4586 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4587 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4588 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4589 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4590 @code{yylex}:
4591
4592 @example
4593 @group
4594 @dots{}
4595 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4596 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4597 @dots{}
4598 @end group
4599 @end example
4600
4601 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4602 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4603 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4604 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4605 declaration looks like this:
4606
4607 @example
4608 @group
4609 %union @{
4610 int intval;
4611 double val;
4612 symrec *tptr;
4613 @}
4614 @end group
4615 @end example
4616
4617 @noindent
4618 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4619
4620 @example
4621 @group
4622 @dots{}
4623 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4624 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4625 @dots{}
4626 @end group
4627 @end example
4628
4629 @node Token Locations
4630 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4631
4632 @vindex yylloc
4633 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4634 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4635 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4636 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4637 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4638 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4639
4640 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4641 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4642 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4643 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4644 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4645
4646 @tindex YYLTYPE
4647 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4648
4649 @node Pure Calling
4650 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4651
4652 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4653 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4654 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4655 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4656 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4657 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4658 pointers.
4659
4660 @example
4661 int
4662 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4663 @{
4664 @dots{}
4665 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4666 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4667 @dots{}
4668 @}
4669 @end example
4670
4671 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4672 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4673 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4674 only one argument.
4675
4676
4677 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4678 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4679 Function}).
4680
4681 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4682 @findex %lex-param
4683 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
4684 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
4685 @end deffn
4686
4687 For instance:
4688
4689 @example
4690 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4691 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4692 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4693 @end example
4694
4695 @noindent
4696 results in the following signature:
4697
4698 @example
4699 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4700 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4701 @end example
4702
4703 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4704
4705 @example
4706 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4707 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4708 @end example
4709
4710 @noindent
4711 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4712
4713 @example
4714 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4715 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4716 @end example
4717
4718 @node Error Reporting
4719 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4720 @cindex error reporting function
4721 @findex yyerror
4722 @cindex parse error
4723 @cindex syntax error
4724
4725 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4726 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4727 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4728 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4729 in Actions}).
4730
4731 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4732 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4733 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4734 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4735 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4736
4737 @findex %error-verbose
4738 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4739 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4740 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4741 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4742
4743 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4744 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4745 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4746 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4747 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4748 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4749
4750 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4751 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4752 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4753
4754 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4755
4756 @example
4757 @group
4758 void
4759 yyerror (char const *s)
4760 @{
4761 @end group
4762 @group
4763 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4764 @}
4765 @end group
4766 @end example
4767
4768 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4769 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4770 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4771 immediately return 1.
4772
4773 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4774 an access to the current location.
4775 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4776 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4777 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4778 @code{yyerror} are:
4779
4780 @example
4781 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4782 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4783 @end example
4784
4785 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4786
4787 @example
4788 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4789 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4790 @end example
4791
4792 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4793 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4794 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4795 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4796
4797 @example
4798 /* Location tracking. */
4799 %locations
4800 /* Pure yylex. */
4801 %pure-parser
4802 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4803 /* Pure yyparse. */
4804 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4805 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4806 @end example
4807
4808 @noindent
4809 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4810
4811 @example
4812 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4813 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4814 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4815 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4816 char const *msg);
4817 @end example
4818
4819 @noindent
4820 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4821 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4822 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4823 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4824 message is always passed last.
4825
4826 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4827 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4828 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4829 @code{yyerror}.
4830
4831 @vindex yynerrs
4832 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4833 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4834 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4835 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4836
4837 @node Action Features
4838 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4839 @cindex summary, action features
4840 @cindex action features summary
4841
4842 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4843 are useful in actions.
4844
4845 @deffn {Variable} $$
4846 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4847 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4848 @end deffn
4849
4850 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4851 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4852 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4853 @end deffn
4854
4855 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4856 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4857 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4858 Types of Values in Actions}.
4859 @end deffn
4860
4861 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4862 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4863 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4864 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4865 @end deffn
4866
4867 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4868 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4869 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4870 @end deffn
4871
4872 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4873 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4874 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4875 @end deffn
4876
4877 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4878 @findex YYBACKUP
4879 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4880 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
4881 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4882 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
4883 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4884 going to be reduced by this rule.
4885
4886 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4887 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4888 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4889 recovery.
4890
4891 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4892 @end deffn
4893
4894 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4895 @vindex YYEMPTY
4896 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
4897 @end deffn
4898
4899 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
4900 @vindex YYEOF
4901 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the look-ahead is the end of the input
4902 stream.
4903 @end deffn
4904
4905 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4906 @findex YYERROR
4907 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4908 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4909 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4910 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4911 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4912 @end deffn
4913
4914 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4915 This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser
4916 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time.
4917 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4918 @end deffn
4919
4920 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4921 Variable containing either the look-ahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
4922 look-ahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no look-ahead
4923 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
4924 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4925 Actions}).
4926 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
4927 @end deffn
4928
4929 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4930 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in
4931 error rules.
4932 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
4933 Semantic Actions}).
4934 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4935 @end deffn
4936
4937 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4938 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4939 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4940 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4941 @end deffn
4942
4943 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
4944 Variable containing the look-ahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
4945 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4946 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4947 Actions}).
4948 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
4949 @end deffn
4950
4951 @deffn {Variable} yylval
4952 Variable containing the look-ahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
4953 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4954 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4955 Actions}).
4956 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
4957 @end deffn
4958
4959 @deffn {Value} @@$
4960 @findex @@$
4961 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4962 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4963 Tracking Locations}.
4964
4965 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4966
4967 @c @example
4968 @c struct @{
4969 @c int first_line, last_line;
4970 @c int first_column, last_column;
4971 @c @};
4972 @c @end example
4973
4974 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4975 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4976
4977 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4978 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4979 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4980 @c those members.
4981
4982 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4983 @end deffn
4984
4985 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4986 @findex @@@var{n}
4987 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4988 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4989 Tracking Locations}.
4990 @end deffn
4991
4992 @node Internationalization
4993 @section Parser Internationalization
4994 @cindex internationalization
4995 @cindex i18n
4996 @cindex NLS
4997 @cindex gettext
4998 @cindex bison-po
4999
5000 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
5001 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
5002 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
5003 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
5004 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
5005 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
5006 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5007 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5008 installation.
5009
5010 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5011 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5012 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5013 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5014
5015 @enumerate
5016 @item
5017 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5018 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5019 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5020 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5021 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5022 For example:
5023
5024 @example
5025 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5026 @end example
5027
5028 @item
5029 @findex BISON_I18N
5030 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5031 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5032 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5033 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5034 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5035 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5036 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5037 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5038 Bison-generated parser.
5039
5040 @item
5041 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5042 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5043 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5044 For example:
5045
5046 @example
5047 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5048 @end example
5049
5050 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5051 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5052 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5053 @file{Makefile}.
5054
5055 @item
5056 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5057 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5058 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5059
5060 @example
5061 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5062 @end example
5063
5064 or:
5065
5066 @example
5067 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5068 @end example
5069
5070 @item
5071 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5072 infrastructure.
5073 @end enumerate
5074
5075
5076 @node Algorithm
5077 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5078 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5079 @cindex algorithm of parser
5080 @cindex shifting
5081 @cindex reduction
5082 @cindex parser stack
5083 @cindex stack, parser
5084
5085 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5086 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5087 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5088
5089 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5090 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5091 that was shifted.
5092
5093 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5094 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5095 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5096 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5097 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5098 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5099 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5100
5101 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5102
5103 @example
5104 1 + 5 * 3
5105 @end example
5106
5107 @noindent
5108 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5109 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5110
5111 @example
5112 expr: expr '*' expr;
5113 @end example
5114
5115 @noindent
5116 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5117
5118 @example
5119 1 + 15
5120 @end example
5121
5122 @noindent
5123 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5124 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5125
5126 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5127 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5128 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5129
5130 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5131
5132 @menu
5133 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5134 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5135 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5136 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5137 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5138 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5139 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5140 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5141 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5142 @end menu
5143
5144 @node Look-Ahead
5145 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
5146 @cindex look-ahead token
5147
5148 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5149 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5150 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5151 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5152 token in order to decide what to do.
5153
5154 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5155 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5156 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5157 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5158 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5159 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5160 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5161 application.
5162
5163 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define
5164 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5165 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5166
5167 @example
5168 @group
5169 expr: term '+' expr
5170 | term
5171 ;
5172 @end group
5173
5174 @group
5175 term: '(' expr ')'
5176 | term '!'
5177 | NUMBER
5178 ;
5179 @end group
5180 @end example
5181
5182 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5183 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5184 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5185 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5186 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5187
5188 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5189 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5190 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5191 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5192 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5193 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5194
5195 @vindex yychar
5196 @vindex yylval
5197 @vindex yylloc
5198 The look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5199 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5200 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5201 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5202
5203 @node Shift/Reduce
5204 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5205 @cindex conflicts
5206 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5207 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5208 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5209
5210 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5211 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5212
5213 @example
5214 @group
5215 if_stmt:
5216 IF expr THEN stmt
5217 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5218 ;
5219 @end group
5220 @end example
5221
5222 @noindent
5223 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5224 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5225
5226 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
5227 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5228 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5229 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5230 rule.
5231
5232 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5233 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5234 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5235 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5236 contrast it with the other alternative.
5237
5238 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5239 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5240 equivalent:
5241
5242 @example
5243 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5244
5245 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5246 @end example
5247
5248 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5249 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5250 making these two inputs equivalent:
5251
5252 @example
5253 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5254
5255 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5256 @end example
5257
5258 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5259 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5260 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5261 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5262 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5263 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5264 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5265 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5266
5267 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5268 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5269 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5270 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5271
5272 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5273 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5274 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5275 conflict:
5276
5277 @example
5278 @group
5279 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5280 %%
5281 @end group
5282 @group
5283 stmt: expr
5284 | if_stmt
5285 ;
5286 @end group
5287
5288 @group
5289 if_stmt:
5290 IF expr THEN stmt
5291 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5292 ;
5293 @end group
5294
5295 expr: variable
5296 ;
5297 @end example
5298
5299 @node Precedence
5300 @section Operator Precedence
5301 @cindex operator precedence
5302 @cindex precedence of operators
5303
5304 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5305 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5306 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5307 shift and when to reduce.
5308
5309 @menu
5310 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5311 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5312 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5313 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5314 @end menu
5315
5316 @node Why Precedence
5317 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5318
5319 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5320 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5321
5322 @example
5323 @group
5324 expr: expr '-' expr
5325 | expr '*' expr
5326 | expr '<' expr
5327 | '(' expr ')'
5328 @dots{}
5329 ;
5330 @end group
5331 @end example
5332
5333 @noindent
5334 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5335 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5336 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5337 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5338 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5339 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5340 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5341 different results.
5342
5343 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5344 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5345 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5346 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5347 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5348 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5349 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5350 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5351 @samp{<}.
5352
5353 @cindex associativity
5354 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5355 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5356 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5357 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5358 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5359 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5360 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5361 makes right-associativity.
5362
5363 @node Using Precedence
5364 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5365 @findex %left
5366 @findex %right
5367 @findex %nonassoc
5368
5369 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5370 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5371 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5372 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5373 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5374 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5375 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5376 row''.
5377
5378 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5379 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5380 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5381 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5382 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5383
5384 @node Precedence Examples
5385 @subsection Precedence Examples
5386
5387 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5388
5389 @example
5390 %left '<'
5391 %left '-'
5392 %left '*'
5393 @end example
5394
5395 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5396 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5397 declared with @code{'-'}:
5398
5399 @example
5400 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5401 %left '+' '-'
5402 %left '*' '/'
5403 @end example
5404
5405 @noindent
5406 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5407 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5408 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5409
5410 @node How Precedence
5411 @subsection How Precedence Works
5412
5413 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5414 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5415 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5416 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5417 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5418 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5419
5420 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5421 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the
5422 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5423 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5424 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5425 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5426 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5427 resolved.
5428
5429 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5430 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5431
5432 @node Contextual Precedence
5433 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5434 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5435 @cindex unary operator precedence
5436 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5437 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5438 @findex %prec
5439
5440 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5441 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5442 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5443 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5444
5445 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5446 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5447 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5448 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5449 modifier for rules.
5450
5451 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5452 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5453 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5454 modifier's syntax is:
5455
5456 @example
5457 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5458 @end example
5459
5460 @noindent
5461 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5462 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5463 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5464 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5465 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5466
5467 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5468 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5469 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5470 precedence:
5471
5472 @example
5473 @dots{}
5474 %left '+' '-'
5475 %left '*'
5476 %left UMINUS
5477 @end example
5478
5479 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5480
5481 @example
5482 @group
5483 exp: @dots{}
5484 | exp '-' exp
5485 @dots{}
5486 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5487 @end group
5488 @end example
5489
5490 @ifset defaultprec
5491 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5492 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5493 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5494 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5495
5496 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5497 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5498 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5499 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5500
5501 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5502 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5503 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5504 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5505 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5506 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5507
5508 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5509 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5510 @end ifset
5511
5512 @node Parser States
5513 @section Parser States
5514 @cindex finite-state machine
5515 @cindex parser state
5516 @cindex state (of parser)
5517
5518 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5519 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5520 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5521 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5522 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5523
5524 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
5525 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5526 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also
5527 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5528 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5529 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5530 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5531 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5532 pushed.
5533
5534 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
5535 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5536 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5537
5538 @node Reduce/Reduce
5539 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5540 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5541 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5542
5543 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5544 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5545 in the grammar.
5546
5547 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5548 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5549
5550 @example
5551 sequence: /* empty */
5552 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5553 | maybeword
5554 | sequence word
5555 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5556 ;
5557
5558 maybeword: /* empty */
5559 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5560 | word
5561 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5562 ;
5563 @end example
5564
5565 @noindent
5566 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5567 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5568 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5569 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5570 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5571 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5572
5573 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5574 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5575 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5576
5577 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5578 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5579 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5580 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5581 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5582
5583 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5584 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5585 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5586 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5587
5588 @example
5589 sequence: /* empty */
5590 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5591 | sequence word
5592 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5593 ;
5594 @end example
5595
5596 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5597
5598 @example
5599 sequence: /* empty */
5600 | sequence words
5601 | sequence redirects
5602 ;
5603
5604 words: /* empty */
5605 | words word
5606 ;
5607
5608 redirects:/* empty */
5609 | redirects redirect
5610 ;
5611 @end example
5612
5613 @noindent
5614 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5615 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5616 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5617 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5618 in infinitely many ways!
5619
5620 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5621 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5622 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5623 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5624
5625 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5626 of sequence:
5627
5628 @example
5629 sequence: /* empty */
5630 | sequence word
5631 | sequence redirect
5632 ;
5633 @end example
5634
5635 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5636 from being empty:
5637
5638 @example
5639 sequence: /* empty */
5640 | sequence words
5641 | sequence redirects
5642 ;
5643
5644 words: word
5645 | words word
5646 ;
5647
5648 redirects:redirect
5649 | redirects redirect
5650 ;
5651 @end example
5652
5653 @node Mystery Conflicts
5654 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5655
5656 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5657 Here is an example:
5658
5659 @example
5660 @group
5661 %token ID
5662
5663 %%
5664 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5665 ;
5666 param_spec:
5667 type
5668 | name_list ':' type
5669 ;
5670 @end group
5671 @group
5672 return_spec:
5673 type
5674 | name ':' type
5675 ;
5676 @end group
5677 @group
5678 type: ID
5679 ;
5680 @end group
5681 @group
5682 name: ID
5683 ;
5684 name_list:
5685 name
5686 | name ',' name_list
5687 ;
5688 @end group
5689 @end example
5690
5691 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5692 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5693 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5694 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5695
5696 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5697 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5698 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5699 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5700 an @code{ID}
5701 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5702 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5703 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5704 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5705 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5706 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
5707 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5708 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5709 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5710
5711 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5712 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5713 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5714 and tend to
5715 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5716 as it is now.
5717
5718 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5719 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5720 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5721 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5722
5723 @example
5724 @group
5725 %token BOGUS
5726 @dots{}
5727 %%
5728 @dots{}
5729 return_spec:
5730 type
5731 | name ':' type
5732 /* This rule is never used. */
5733 | ID BOGUS
5734 ;
5735 @end group
5736 @end example
5737
5738 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5739 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5740 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5741 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5742 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5743 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5744
5745 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5746 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5747 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5748 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5749 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5750 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5751
5752 @example
5753 param_spec:
5754 type
5755 | name_list ':' type
5756 ;
5757 return_spec:
5758 type
5759 | ID ':' type
5760 ;
5761 @end example
5762
5763 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5764 generators, please see:
5765 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5766 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5767 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5768 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5769
5770 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5771 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5772 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5773 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5774 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5775 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
5776
5777 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5778 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5779 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
5780 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5781 context-free languages.
5782 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5783 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5784 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5785 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5786 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5787 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5788 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5789 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5790
5791 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5792 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5793 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5794 parser uses the same basic
5795 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5796 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5797 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5798 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5799 situation, it
5800 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5801 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5802 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5803 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5804 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5805
5806 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5807 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5808 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5809 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5810 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5811 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5812 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5813 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5814 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5815 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5816 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5817 stream.
5818
5819 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5820 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5821 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5822 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5823 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5824 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5825 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5826 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5827 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5828 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5829 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5830 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5831
5832 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5833 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5834 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5835 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5836 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5837 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5838 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5839 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5840 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
5841 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5842 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5843 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5844 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5845 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5846 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5847 Bison parser.
5848
5849 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5850 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5851 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5852 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5853 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5854 (2000-12-24).
5855
5856 @node Memory Management
5857 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5858 @cindex memory exhaustion
5859 @cindex memory management
5860 @cindex stack overflow
5861 @cindex parser stack overflow
5862 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5863
5864 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5865 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5866 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5867
5868 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5869 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5870 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5871
5872 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5873 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5874 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5875 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5876 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5877
5878 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5879 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5880 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5881 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5882 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5883 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5884
5885 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5886 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5887 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5888 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5889
5890 @cindex default stack limit
5891 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5892 10000.
5893
5894 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5895 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5896 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5897 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5898 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5899 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5900
5901 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5902
5903 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5904 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5905 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5906 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5907 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5908 this deficiency in a future release.
5909
5910 @node Error Recovery
5911 @chapter Error Recovery
5912 @cindex error recovery
5913 @cindex recovery from errors
5914
5915 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5916 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5917 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5918 another expression.
5919
5920 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5921 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5922 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5923 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5924 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5925 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5926 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5927
5928 @findex error
5929 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5930 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5931 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5932 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5933 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5934 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5935
5936 For example:
5937
5938 @example
5939 stmnts: /* empty string */
5940 | stmnts '\n'
5941 | stmnts exp '\n'
5942 | stmnts error '\n'
5943 @end example
5944
5945 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5946 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5947
5948 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5949 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5950 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5951 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5952 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5953 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5954 applicable in the ordinary way.
5955
5956 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5957 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5958 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5959 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5960 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5961 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5962 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5963 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5964 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5965 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5966 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5967 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5968
5969 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5970 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5971 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5972
5973 @example
5974 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5975 @end example
5976
5977 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5978 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5979 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5980 spurious error message:
5981
5982 @example
5983 primary: '(' expr ')'
5984 | '(' error ')'
5985 @dots{}
5986 ;
5987 @end example
5988
5989 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5990 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5991 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5992 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5993 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5994 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5995 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5996 @code{stmnt}.
5997
5998 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5999 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
6000 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
6001 error messages resume.
6002
6003 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
6004 as any other rules can.
6005
6006 @findex yyerrok
6007 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6008 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6009 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6010 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6011
6012 @findex yyclearin
6013 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6014 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6015 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6016 action.
6017 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6018
6019 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6020 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6021 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6022 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
6023 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6024
6025 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6026 The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the
6027 value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the
6028 rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are
6029 currently suppressed for new syntax errors.
6030
6031 @node Context Dependency
6032 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6033
6034 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6035 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6036 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6037 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6038 languages.
6039
6040 @menu
6041 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6042 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6043 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6044 error recovery rules must be written.
6045 @end menu
6046
6047 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6048 neither clean nor robust.)
6049
6050 @node Semantic Tokens
6051 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6052
6053 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6054 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6055
6056 @example
6057 foo (x);
6058 @end example
6059
6060 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6061 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6062 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6063
6064 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6065 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6066 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6067 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6068 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6069
6070 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6071 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6072 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6073 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6074 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6075 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6076 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6077
6078 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6079 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6080 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6081 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6082 earlier:
6083
6084 @example
6085 typedef int foo, bar;
6086 int baz (void)
6087 @{
6088 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6089 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6090 return foo (bar);
6091 @}
6092 @end example
6093
6094 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6095 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6096
6097 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6098 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6099 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6100 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6101 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6102
6103 @example
6104 initdcl:
6105 declarator maybeasm '='
6106 init
6107 | declarator maybeasm
6108 ;
6109
6110 notype_initdcl:
6111 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6112 init
6113 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6114 ;
6115 @end example
6116
6117 @noindent
6118 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6119 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6120 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6121
6122 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6123 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6124 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6125 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6126 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6127 the syntactic context.
6128
6129 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6130 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6131 @cindex lexical tie-in
6132
6133 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6134 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6135 parsed.
6136
6137 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6138 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6139 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6140 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6141 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6142
6143 @example
6144 @group
6145 %@{
6146 int hexflag;
6147 int yylex (void);
6148 void yyerror (char const *);
6149 %@}
6150 %%
6151 @dots{}
6152 @end group
6153 @group
6154 expr: IDENTIFIER
6155 | constant
6156 | HEX '('
6157 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6158 expr ')'
6159 @{ hexflag = 0;
6160 $$ = $4; @}
6161 | expr '+' expr
6162 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6163 @dots{}
6164 ;
6165 @end group
6166
6167 @group
6168 constant:
6169 INTEGER
6170 | STRING
6171 ;
6172 @end group
6173 @end example
6174
6175 @noindent
6176 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6177 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6178 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6179
6180 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6181 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6182 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6183
6184 @node Tie-in Recovery
6185 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6186
6187 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6188 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6189
6190 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6191 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6192 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6193 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6194
6195 @example
6196 stmt: expr ';'
6197 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6198 @dots{}
6199 error ';'
6200 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6201 ;
6202 @end example
6203
6204 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6205 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6206 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6207 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6208 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6209
6210 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6211
6212 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6213 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6214 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6215
6216 @example
6217 @group
6218 expr: @dots{}
6219 | '(' expr ')'
6220 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6221 | '(' error ')'
6222 @dots{}
6223 @end group
6224 @end example
6225
6226 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6227 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6228 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6229 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6230
6231 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6232 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6233 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6234 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6235 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6236 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6237 clear the flag.
6238
6239 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6240
6241 @node Debugging
6242 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6243
6244 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6245 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6246 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6247 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6248 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6249 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6250
6251 @menu
6252 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6253 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6254 @end menu
6255
6256 @node Understanding
6257 @section Understanding Your Parser
6258
6259 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6260 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6261 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6262 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6263 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6264 file).
6265
6266 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6267 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6268 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6269 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6270 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6271 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6272 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6273
6274 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6275
6276 @example
6277 %token NUM STR
6278 %left '+' '-'
6279 %left '*'
6280 %%
6281 exp: exp '+' exp
6282 | exp '-' exp
6283 | exp '*' exp
6284 | exp '/' exp
6285 | NUM
6286 ;
6287 useless: STR;
6288 %%
6289 @end example
6290
6291 @command{bison} reports:
6292
6293 @example
6294 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6295 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6296 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6297 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6298 @end example
6299
6300 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6301 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6302 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6303 interpretation is the same.
6304
6305 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6306 to precedence and/or associativity:
6307
6308 @example
6309 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6310 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6311 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6312 @exdent @dots{}
6313 @end example
6314
6315 @noindent
6316 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6317
6318 @example
6319 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6320 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6321 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6322 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6323 @end example
6324
6325 @noindent
6326 @cindex token, useless
6327 @cindex useless token
6328 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6329 @cindex useless nonterminal
6330 @cindex rule, useless
6331 @cindex useless rule
6332 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6333 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6334 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6335 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6336 below):
6337
6338 @example
6339 Useless nonterminals:
6340 useless
6341
6342 Terminals which are not used:
6343 STR
6344
6345 Useless rules:
6346 #6 useless: STR;
6347 @end example
6348
6349 @noindent
6350 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6351
6352 @example
6353 Grammar
6354
6355 Number, Line, Rule
6356 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6357 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6358 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6359 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6360 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6361 5 9 exp -> NUM
6362 @end example
6363
6364 @noindent
6365 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6366
6367 @example
6368 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6369
6370 $end (0) 0
6371 '*' (42) 3
6372 '+' (43) 1
6373 '-' (45) 2
6374 '/' (47) 4
6375 error (256)
6376 NUM (258) 5
6377
6378 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6379
6380 $accept (8)
6381 on left: 0
6382 exp (9)
6383 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6384 @end example
6385
6386 @noindent
6387 @cindex item
6388 @cindex pointed rule
6389 @cindex rule, pointed
6390 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6391 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6392 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6393 that the input cursor.
6394
6395 @example
6396 state 0
6397
6398 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6399
6400 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6401
6402 exp go to state 2
6403 @end example
6404
6405 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6406 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6407 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6408 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6409 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6410 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6411 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6412 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
6413
6414 @cindex core, item set
6415 @cindex item set core
6416 @cindex kernel, item set
6417 @cindex item set core
6418 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6419 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6420 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6421 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6422 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6423 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6424 be derived:
6425
6426 @example
6427 state 0
6428
6429 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6430 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6431 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6432 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6433 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6434 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6435
6436 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6437
6438 exp go to state 2
6439 @end example
6440
6441 @noindent
6442 In the state 1...
6443
6444 @example
6445 state 1
6446
6447 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6448
6449 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6450 @end example
6451
6452 @noindent
6453 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token
6454 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6455 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6456 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6457
6458 @example
6459 state 2
6460
6461 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6462 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6463 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6464 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6465 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6466
6467 $ shift, and go to state 3
6468 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6469 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6470 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6471 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6472 @end example
6473
6474 @noindent
6475 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6476 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
6477 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6478 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6479 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6480 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6481
6482 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6483 state}:
6484
6485 @example
6486 state 3
6487
6488 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6489
6490 $default accept
6491 @end example
6492
6493 @noindent
6494 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6495 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6496
6497 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6498 the reader.
6499
6500 @example
6501 state 4
6502
6503 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6504
6505 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6506
6507 exp go to state 8
6508
6509 state 5
6510
6511 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6512
6513 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6514
6515 exp go to state 9
6516
6517 state 6
6518
6519 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6520
6521 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6522
6523 exp go to state 10
6524
6525 state 7
6526
6527 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6528
6529 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6530
6531 exp go to state 11
6532 @end example
6533
6534 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6535 1 shift/reduce}:
6536
6537 @example
6538 state 8
6539
6540 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6541 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6542 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6543 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6544 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6545
6546 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6547 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6548
6549 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6550 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6551 @end example
6552
6553 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
6554 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6555 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6556 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6557 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6558 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6559 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6560 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6561
6562 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6563 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6564 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6565 square brackets.
6566
6567 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6568 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6569 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6570 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6571 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6572 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6573 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6574 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6575 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6576 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6577 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with
6578 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
6579
6580 @example
6581 state 8
6582
6583 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6584 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6585 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6586 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6587 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6588
6589 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6590 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6591
6592 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6593 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6594 @end example
6595
6596 The remaining states are similar:
6597
6598 @example
6599 state 9
6600
6601 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6602 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6603 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6604 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6605 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6606
6607 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6608 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6609
6610 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6611 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6612
6613 state 10
6614
6615 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6616 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6617 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6618 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6619 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6620
6621 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6622
6623 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6624 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6625
6626 state 11
6627
6628 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6629 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6630 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6631 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6632 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6633
6634 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6635 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6636 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6637 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6638
6639 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6640 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6641 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6642 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6643 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6644 @end example
6645
6646 @noindent
6647 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6648 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6649 @samp{*}, but also because the
6650 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6651
6652
6653 @node Tracing
6654 @section Tracing Your Parser
6655 @findex yydebug
6656 @cindex debugging
6657 @cindex tracing the parser
6658
6659 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6660 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6661
6662 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6663
6664 @table @asis
6665 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6666 @findex YYDEBUG
6667 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6668 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6669 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6670 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6671 Prologue}).
6672
6673 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6674 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6675 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6676
6677 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6678 @findex %debug
6679 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6680 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6681 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6682 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6683 you, this is
6684 the preferred solution.
6685 @end table
6686
6687 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6688 always possible.
6689
6690 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6691 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6692 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6693 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6694 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6695 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6696
6697 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6698 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6699 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6700 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6701
6702 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6703 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6704 messages tell you these things:
6705
6706 @itemize @bullet
6707 @item
6708 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6709
6710 @item
6711 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6712 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6713
6714 @item
6715 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6716 of the state stack afterward.
6717 @end itemize
6718
6719 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6720 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6721 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6722 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6723 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6724 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6725 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6726 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6727 grammar are to blame.
6728
6729 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6730 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6731 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6732 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6733 the grammar it is working.
6734
6735 @findex YYPRINT
6736 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6737 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6738 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6739 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6740 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6741 value (from @code{yylval}).
6742
6743 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6744 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6745
6746 @smallexample
6747 %@{
6748 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6749 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6750 %@}
6751
6752 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6753
6754 static void
6755 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6756 @{
6757 if (type == VAR)
6758 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6759 else if (type == NUM)
6760 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6761 @}
6762 @end smallexample
6763
6764 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6765
6766 @node Invocation
6767 @chapter Invoking Bison
6768 @cindex invoking Bison
6769 @cindex Bison invocation
6770 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6771
6772 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6773
6774 @example
6775 bison @var{infile}
6776 @end example
6777
6778 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6779 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6780 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6781 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6782 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6783 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6784 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6785 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6786 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6787 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6788 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6789 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6790
6791 For example :
6792
6793 @example
6794 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6795 @end example
6796 @noindent
6797 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6798
6799 @example
6800 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6801 @end example
6802 @noindent
6803 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6804
6805 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6806 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6807 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6808
6809 @menu
6810 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6811 in alphabetical order by short options.
6812 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6813 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6814 @end menu
6815
6816 @node Bison Options
6817 @section Bison Options
6818
6819 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6820 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6821 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6822 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6823 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6824 @samp{=}.
6825
6826 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6827 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6828 option.
6829
6830 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6831 @noindent
6832 Operations modes:
6833 @table @option
6834 @item -h
6835 @itemx --help
6836 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6837
6838 @item -V
6839 @itemx --version
6840 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6841
6842 @item --print-localedir
6843 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6844
6845 @item -y
6846 @itemx --yacc
6847 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
6848 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
6849 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
6850 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
6851 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6852 @file{y.tab.h}. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6853 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6854 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6855
6856 @example
6857 #! /bin/sh
6858 bison -y "$@@"
6859 @end example
6860
6861 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
6862 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
6863 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
6864 this option is specified.
6865
6866 @end table
6867
6868 @noindent
6869 Tuning the parser:
6870
6871 @table @option
6872 @item -S @var{file}
6873 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6874 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6875 you are developing Bison.
6876
6877 @item -t
6878 @itemx --debug
6879 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6880 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6881 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6882
6883 @item --locations
6884 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6885
6886 @item -p @var{prefix}
6887 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6888 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6889 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6890
6891 @item -l
6892 @itemx --no-lines
6893 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6894 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6895 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6896 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6897 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6898
6899 @item -n
6900 @itemx --no-parser
6901 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6902
6903 @item -k
6904 @itemx --token-table
6905 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6906 @end table
6907
6908 @noindent
6909 Adjust the output:
6910
6911 @table @option
6912 @item -d
6913 @itemx --defines
6914 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6915 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6916 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6917
6918 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6919 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6920
6921 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6922 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6923 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6924 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6925
6926 @item -r @var{things}
6927 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6928 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6929 separated list of @var{things} among:
6930
6931 @table @code
6932 @item state
6933 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6934 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6935
6936 @item look-ahead
6937 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6938 each rule's look-ahead set.
6939
6940 @item itemset
6941 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6942 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6943 @end table
6944
6945 @item -v
6946 @itemx --verbose
6947 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6948 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6949 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6950
6951 @item -o @var{file}
6952 @itemx --output=@var{file}
6953 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
6954
6955 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
6956 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6957
6958 @item -g
6959 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6960 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6961 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6962 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6963
6964 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6965 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6966 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6967 the output graph file.
6968 @end table
6969
6970 @node Option Cross Key
6971 @section Option Cross Key
6972
6973 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6974 the corresponding short option.
6975
6976 @tex
6977 \def\leaderfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfill}
6978
6979 {\tt
6980 \line{ --debug \leaderfill -t}
6981 \line{ --defines \leaderfill -d}
6982 \line{ --file-prefix \leaderfill -b}
6983 \line{ --graph \leaderfill -g}
6984 \line{ --help \leaderfill -h}
6985 \line{ --name-prefix \leaderfill -p}
6986 \line{ --no-lines \leaderfill -l}
6987 \line{ --no-parser \leaderfill -n}
6988 \line{ --output \leaderfill -o}
6989 \line{ --print-localedir}
6990 \line{ --token-table \leaderfill -k}
6991 \line{ --verbose \leaderfill -v}
6992 \line{ --version \leaderfill -V}
6993 \line{ --yacc \leaderfill -y}
6994 }
6995 @end tex
6996
6997 @ifinfo
6998 @example
6999 --debug -t
7000 --defines=@var{defines-file} -d
7001 --file-prefix=@var{prefix} -b @var{file-prefix}
7002 --graph=@var{graph-file} -d
7003 --help -h
7004 --name-prefix=@var{prefix} -p @var{name-prefix}
7005 --no-lines -l
7006 --no-parser -n
7007 --output=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile}
7008 --print-localedir
7009 --token-table -k
7010 --verbose -v
7011 --version -V
7012 --yacc -y
7013 @end example
7014 @end ifinfo
7015
7016 @node Yacc Library
7017 @section Yacc Library
7018
7019 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7020 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7021 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7022 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7023 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7024 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7025 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7026
7027 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7028 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7029
7030 @example
7031 int yyerror (char const *);
7032 @end example
7033
7034 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7035 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7036 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7037
7038 @example
7039 int yyparse (void);
7040 @end example
7041
7042 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7043
7044 @node C++ Language Interface
7045 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7046
7047 @menu
7048 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7049 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7050 @end menu
7051
7052 @node C++ Parsers
7053 @section C++ Parsers
7054
7055 @menu
7056 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7057 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7058 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7059 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7060 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7061 @end menu
7062
7063 @node C++ Bison Interface
7064 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7065 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7066 @c - Always pure
7067 @c - initial action
7068
7069 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To select
7070 it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc} to
7071 Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7072 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7073 files:
7074 @table @file
7075 @item position.hh
7076 @itemx location.hh
7077 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7078 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7079
7080 @item stack.hh
7081 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7082
7083 @item @var{file}.hh
7084 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7085 The declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class.
7086 @var{file} is the name of the output file. It follows the same
7087 rules as with regular C parsers.
7088
7089 Note that @file{@var{file}.hh} is @emph{mandatory}, the C++ cannot
7090 work without the parser class declaration. Therefore, you must either
7091 pass @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7092 @samp{%defines} directive.
7093 @end table
7094
7095 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7096 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7097
7098 @node C++ Semantic Values
7099 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7100 @c - No objects in unions
7101 @c - YSTYPE
7102 @c - Printer and destructor
7103
7104 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7105 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7106 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7107 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7108 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7109 @itemize @minus
7110 @item
7111 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7112 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7113 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7114 @item
7115 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7116 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7117 to such objects are allowed.
7118 @end itemize
7119
7120 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7121 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7122 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7123 Symbols}.
7124
7125
7126 @node C++ Location Values
7127 @subsection C++ Location Values
7128 @c - %locations
7129 @c - class Position
7130 @c - class Location
7131 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7132
7133 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7134 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7135 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7136 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7137 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7138
7139 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7140 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7141 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7142 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7143 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7144 @end deftypemethod
7145
7146 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7147 The line, starting at 1.
7148 @end deftypemethod
7149
7150 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7151 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7152 @end deftypemethod
7153
7154 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7155 The column, starting at 0.
7156 @end deftypemethod
7157
7158 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7159 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7160 @end deftypemethod
7161
7162 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7163 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7164 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7165 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7166 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7167 @end deftypemethod
7168
7169 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7170 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7171 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7172 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7173 @end deftypemethod
7174
7175 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7176 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7177 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7178 @end deftypemethod
7179
7180 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7181 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7182 Advance the @code{end} position.
7183 @end deftypemethod
7184
7185 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7186 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7187 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7188 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7189 @end deftypemethod
7190
7191 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7192 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7193 @end deftypemethod
7194
7195
7196 @node C++ Parser Interface
7197 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7198 @c - define parser_class_name
7199 @c - Ctor
7200 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7201 @c debug_stream.
7202 @c - Reporting errors
7203
7204 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7205 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7206 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7207 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7208 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7209 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7210 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7211 additional argument for its constructor.
7212
7213 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7214 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7215 The types for semantics value and locations.
7216 @end defcv
7217
7218 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7219 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7220 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7221 @end deftypemethod
7222
7223 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7224 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7225 @end deftypemethod
7226
7227 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7228 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7229 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7230 @code{std::cerr}.
7231 @end deftypemethod
7232
7233 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7234 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7235 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7236 or nonzero, full tracing.
7237 @end deftypemethod
7238
7239 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7240 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7241 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7242 described by @var{m}.
7243 @end deftypemethod
7244
7245
7246 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7247 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7248 @c - prefix for yylex.
7249 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7250 @c - %lex-param
7251
7252 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7253 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7254 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7255
7256 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7257 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7258 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7259 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7260 @end deftypemethod
7261
7262
7263 @node A Complete C++ Example
7264 @section A Complete C++ Example
7265
7266 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7267 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7268 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7269 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7270 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7271 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7272 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7273 actually easier to interface with.
7274
7275 @menu
7276 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7277 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7278 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7279 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7280 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7281 @end menu
7282
7283 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7284 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7285
7286 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7287 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7288 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7289 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7290 of valid input follows.
7291
7292 @example
7293 three := 3
7294 seven := one + two * three
7295 seven * seven
7296 @end example
7297
7298 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7299 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7300 @c - An env
7301 @c - A place to store error messages
7302 @c - A place for the result
7303
7304 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7305 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7306 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7307 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7308 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7309 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7310 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7311
7312 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7313 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7314 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7315 class.
7316
7317 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7318 @example
7319 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7320 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7321 # include <string>
7322 # include <map>
7323 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7324 @end example
7325
7326
7327 @noindent
7328 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7329 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7330 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7331 factor both as follows.
7332
7333 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7334 @example
7335 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7336 # define YY_DECL \
7337 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7338 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7339 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7340 calcxx_driver& driver)
7341 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7342 YY_DECL;
7343 @end example
7344
7345 @noindent
7346 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7347 members.
7348
7349 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7350 @example
7351 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7352 class calcxx_driver
7353 @{
7354 public:
7355 calcxx_driver ();
7356 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7357
7358 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7359
7360 int result;
7361 @end example
7362
7363 @noindent
7364 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7365 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7366 members.
7367
7368 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7369 @example
7370 // Handling the scanner.
7371 void scan_begin ();
7372 void scan_end ();
7373 bool trace_scanning;
7374 @end example
7375
7376 @noindent
7377 Similarly for the parser itself.
7378
7379 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7380 @example
7381 // Handling the parser.
7382 void parse (const std::string& f);
7383 std::string file;
7384 bool trace_parsing;
7385 @end example
7386
7387 @noindent
7388 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7389 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7390 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7391 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7392
7393 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7394 @example
7395 // Error handling.
7396 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7397 void error (const std::string& m);
7398 @};
7399 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7400 @end example
7401
7402 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7403 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7404 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7405 messages and set error state.
7406
7407 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7408 @example
7409 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7410 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7411
7412 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7413 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7414 @{
7415 variables["one"] = 1;
7416 variables["two"] = 2;
7417 @}
7418
7419 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7420 @{
7421 @}
7422
7423 void
7424 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7425 @{
7426 file = f;
7427 scan_begin ();
7428 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7429 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7430 parser.parse ();
7431 scan_end ();
7432 @}
7433
7434 void
7435 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7436 @{
7437 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7438 @}
7439
7440 void
7441 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7442 @{
7443 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7444 @}
7445 @end example
7446
7447 @node Calc++ Parser
7448 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7449
7450 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7451 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7452 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7453 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7454 the grammar for.
7455
7456 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7457 @example
7458 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7459 %require "2.1a"
7460 %defines
7461 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7462 @end example
7463
7464 @noindent
7465 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7466 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7467 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7468 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7469 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7470 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7471
7472 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7473 @example
7474 %@{
7475 # include <string>
7476 class calcxx_driver;
7477 %@}
7478 @end example
7479
7480 @noindent
7481 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7482 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7483 global variables.
7484
7485 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7486 @example
7487 // The parsing context.
7488 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7489 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7490 @end example
7491
7492 @noindent
7493 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7494 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7495 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7496 automatically propagated.
7497
7498 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7499 @example
7500 %locations
7501 %initial-action
7502 @{
7503 // Initialize the initial location.
7504 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7505 @};
7506 @end example
7507
7508 @noindent
7509 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7510 error messages.
7511
7512 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7513 @example
7514 %debug
7515 %error-verbose
7516 @end example
7517
7518 @noindent
7519 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7520 them.
7521
7522 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7523 @example
7524 // Symbols.
7525 %union
7526 @{
7527 int ival;
7528 std::string *sval;
7529 @};
7530 @end example
7531
7532 @noindent
7533 The code between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} after the introduction of the
7534 @samp{%union} is output in the @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed
7535 knowledge about the driver.
7536
7537 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7538 @example
7539 %@{
7540 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7541 %@}
7542 @end example
7543
7544
7545 @noindent
7546 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7547 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7548 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7549 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7550 avoid name clashes.
7551
7552 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7553 @example
7554 %token END 0 "end of file"
7555 %token ASSIGN ":="
7556 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7557 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7558 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7559 @end example
7560
7561 @noindent
7562 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7563 @code{%destructor}.
7564
7565 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7566 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7567 @example
7568 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7569 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7570
7571 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7572 @end example
7573
7574 @noindent
7575 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7576
7577 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7578 @example
7579 %%
7580 %start unit;
7581 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7582
7583 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7584 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7585
7586 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7587
7588 %left '+' '-';
7589 %left '*' '/';
7590 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7591 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7592 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7593 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7594 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7595 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7596 %%
7597 @end example
7598
7599 @noindent
7600 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7601 driver.
7602
7603 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7604 @example
7605 void
7606 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7607 const std::string& m)
7608 @{
7609 driver.error (l, m);
7610 @}
7611 @end example
7612
7613 @node Calc++ Scanner
7614 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7615
7616 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7617 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7618
7619 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7620 @example
7621 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7622 # include <cstdlib>
7623 # include <errno.h>
7624 # include <limits.h>
7625 # include <string>
7626 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7627 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7628 /* Work around a bug in flex 2.5.31. See Debian bug 333231
7629 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
7630 # undef yywrap
7631 # define yywrap() 1
7632 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
7633 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
7634 not of token_type. */
7635 #define yyterminate() return token::END
7636 %@}
7637 @end example
7638
7639 @noindent
7640 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7641 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7642 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7643 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7644
7645 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7646 @example
7647 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7648 @end example
7649
7650 @noindent
7651 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7652
7653 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7654 @example
7655 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7656 int [0-9]+
7657 blank [ \t]
7658 @end example
7659
7660 @noindent
7661 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7662 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7663 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7664 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7665 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7666 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7667 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7668
7669 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7670 @example
7671 %@{
7672 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7673 %@}
7674 %%
7675 %@{
7676 yylloc->step ();
7677 %@}
7678 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7679 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7680 @end example
7681
7682 @noindent
7683 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7684 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7685 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7686 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
7687
7688 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7689 @example
7690 %@{
7691 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7692 %@}
7693 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
7694 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
7695 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7696 @{int@} @{
7697 errno = 0;
7698 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7699 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7700 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7701 yylval->ival = n;
7702 return token::NUMBER;
7703 @}
7704 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7705 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7706 %%
7707 @end example
7708
7709 @noindent
7710 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7711 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7712
7713 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7714 @example
7715 void
7716 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7717 @{
7718 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7719 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7720 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7721 @}
7722
7723 void
7724 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7725 @{
7726 fclose (yyin);
7727 @}
7728 @end example
7729
7730 @node Calc++ Top Level
7731 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7732
7733 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7734
7735 @comment file: calc++.cc
7736 @example
7737 #include <iostream>
7738 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7739
7740 int
7741 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7742 @{
7743 calcxx_driver driver;
7744 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7745 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7746 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7747 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7748 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7749 else
7750 @{
7751 driver.parse (*argv);
7752 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7753 @}
7754 @}
7755 @end example
7756
7757 @c ================================================= FAQ
7758
7759 @node FAQ
7760 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7761 @cindex frequently asked questions
7762 @cindex questions
7763
7764 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7765 are addressed.
7766
7767 @menu
7768 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7769 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7770 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7771 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7772 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
7773 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
7774 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
7775 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
7776 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
7777 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
7778 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
7779 @end menu
7780
7781 @node Memory Exhausted
7782 @section Memory Exhausted
7783
7784 @display
7785 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7786 message. What can I do?
7787 @end display
7788
7789 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7790 ,Recursive Rules}.
7791
7792 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7793 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7794
7795 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7796 following typical questions:
7797
7798 @display
7799 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7800 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7801 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7802 @end display
7803
7804 @noindent
7805 or
7806
7807 @display
7808 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7809 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7810 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7811 @end display
7812
7813 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7814 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7815 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7816 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7817 @file{first-line.l}:
7818
7819 @verbatim
7820 %{
7821 #include <stdio.h>
7822 #include <stdlib.h>
7823 %}
7824 %%
7825 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7826 %%
7827 int
7828 yyparse (char const *file)
7829 {
7830 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7831 if (!yyin)
7832 exit (2);
7833 /* One token only. */
7834 yylex ();
7835 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7836 exit (3);
7837 return 0;
7838 }
7839
7840 int
7841 main (void)
7842 {
7843 yyparse ("input");
7844 yyparse ("input");
7845 return 0;
7846 }
7847 @end verbatim
7848
7849 @noindent
7850 If the file @file{input} contains
7851
7852 @verbatim
7853 input:1: Hello,
7854 input:2: World!
7855 @end verbatim
7856
7857 @noindent
7858 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7859
7860 @example
7861 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7862 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7863 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7864 input:1: Hello,
7865 input:2: World!
7866 @end example
7867
7868 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7869 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7870 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7871 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7872 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7873 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7874 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7875 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7876 input buffers.
7877
7878 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7879 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7880 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7881 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7882
7883 @node Strings are Destroyed
7884 @section Strings are Destroyed
7885
7886 @display
7887 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7888 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7889 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7890 @end display
7891
7892 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7893 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7894 of scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7895
7896 @verbatim
7897 %{
7898 #include <stdio.h>
7899 char *yylval = NULL;
7900 %}
7901 %%
7902 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7903 \n /* IGNORE */
7904 %%
7905 int
7906 main ()
7907 {
7908 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7909 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7910 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7911 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7912 return 0;
7913 }
7914 @end verbatim
7915
7916 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7917
7918 @example
7919 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7920 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7921 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7922 "one
7923 two", "two"
7924 @end example
7925
7926 @noindent
7927 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7928 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7929 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7930 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7931 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7932 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7933
7934 @example
7935 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7936 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7937 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7938 "two", "two"
7939 @end example
7940
7941
7942 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7943 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7944
7945 @display
7946 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7947 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7948 @end display
7949
7950 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7951 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7952 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7953 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7954 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7955 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7956 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7957
7958 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7959 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7960 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7961 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7962 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7963 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7964 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7965 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7966 compiler.
7967
7968 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7969 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7970
7971
7972 @node Secure? Conform?
7973 @section Secure? Conform?
7974
7975 @display
7976 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
7977 @end display
7978
7979 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
7980 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
7981 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
7982 please send us a bug report.
7983
7984 @node I can't build Bison
7985 @section I can't build Bison
7986
7987 @display
7988 I can't build Bison because "make" complains that "msgfmt" is not found.
7989 What should I do?
7990 @end display
7991
7992 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
7993 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
7994 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
7995 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
7996 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
7997 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
7998 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
7999
8000
8001 @node Where can I find help?
8002 @section Where can I find help?
8003
8004 @display
8005 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8006 @end display
8007
8008 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8009 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8010 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8011 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8012 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8013 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8014 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8015 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8016 hearts.
8017
8018 @node Bug Reports
8019 @section Bug Reports
8020
8021 @display
8022 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8023 @end display
8024
8025 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8026 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8027 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8028 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8029 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8030
8031 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8032 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8033 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8034 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8035 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8036
8037 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8038 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8039 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8040 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8041 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8042 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8043
8044 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8045 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
8046
8047 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
8048
8049 @node Other Languages
8050 @section Other Languages
8051
8052 @display
8053 Will Bison ever have C++ support? How about Java or @var{insert your
8054 favorite language here}?
8055 @end display
8056
8057 C++ support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
8058 languages; contributions are welcome.
8059
8060 @node Beta Testing
8061 @section Beta Testing
8062
8063 @display
8064 What is involved in being a beta tester?
8065 @end display
8066
8067 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
8068 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
8069 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
8070 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
8071 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
8072 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
8073 essentially halted.
8074
8075 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
8076 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
8077 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
8078 systems are especially welcome.
8079
8080 @node Mailing Lists
8081 @section Mailing Lists
8082
8083 @display
8084 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
8085 @end display
8086
8087 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
8088
8089 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
8090
8091 @node Table of Symbols
8092 @appendix Bison Symbols
8093 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
8094 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
8095
8096 @deffn {Variable} @@$
8097 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
8098 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8099 @end deffn
8100
8101 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
8102 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
8103 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8104 @end deffn
8105
8106 @deffn {Variable} $$
8107 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
8108 @xref{Actions}.
8109 @end deffn
8110
8111 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
8112 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
8113 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
8114 @end deffn
8115
8116 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
8117 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
8118 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
8119 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
8120 @end deffn
8121
8122 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
8123 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
8124 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
8125 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
8126 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
8127 Grammar}.
8128 @end deffn
8129
8130 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
8131 Comment delimiters, as in C.
8132 @end deffn
8133
8134 @deffn {Delimiter} :
8135 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
8136 Grammar Rules}.
8137 @end deffn
8138
8139 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
8140 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8141 @end deffn
8142
8143 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8144 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8145 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8146 @end deffn
8147
8148 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8149 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8150 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8151 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8152 @end deffn
8153
8154 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8155 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8156 @end deffn
8157
8158 @ifset defaultprec
8159 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8160 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8161 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8162 Precedence}.
8163 @end deffn
8164 @end ifset
8165
8166 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8167 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8168 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8169 @end deffn
8170
8171 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8172 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8173 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8174 @end deffn
8175
8176 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8177 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8178 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8179 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8180 @end deffn
8181
8182 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8183 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8184 used in the grammar.
8185 @end deffn
8186
8187 @deffn {Symbol} error
8188 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8189 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8190 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8191 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8192 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions
8193 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
8194 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8195 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8196 @end deffn
8197
8198 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8199 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8200 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8201 @end deffn
8202
8203 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8204 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8205 Summary}.
8206 @end deffn
8207
8208 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8209 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8210 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8211 @end deffn
8212
8213 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8214 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8215 @end deffn
8216
8217 @deffn {Directive} %left
8218 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8219 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8220 @end deffn
8221
8222 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8223 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8224 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8225 for Pure Parsers}.
8226 @end deffn
8227
8228 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8229 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8230 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8231 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8232 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8233 @end deffn
8234
8235 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8236 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8237 @end deffn
8238
8239 @ifset defaultprec
8240 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8241 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8242 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8243 Precedence}.
8244 @end deffn
8245 @end ifset
8246
8247 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8248 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8249 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8250 @end deffn
8251
8252 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8253 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8254 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8255 @end deffn
8256
8257 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
8258 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8259 Summary}.
8260 @end deffn
8261
8262 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8263 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8264 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8265 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8266 @end deffn
8267
8268 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8269 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8270 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8271 @end deffn
8272
8273 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8274 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8275 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8276 @end deffn
8277
8278 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8279 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8280 Require a Version of Bison}.
8281 @end deffn
8282
8283 @deffn {Directive} %right
8284 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8285 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8286 @end deffn
8287
8288 @deffn {Directive} %start
8289 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8290 Start-Symbol}.
8291 @end deffn
8292
8293 @deffn {Directive} %token
8294 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8295 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8296 @end deffn
8297
8298 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8299 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8300 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8301 @end deffn
8302
8303 @deffn {Directive} %type
8304 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8305 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8306 @end deffn
8307
8308 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8309 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8310 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8311 @code{error}.
8312 @end deffn
8313
8314 @deffn {Directive} %union
8315 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8316 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8317 @end deffn
8318
8319 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8320 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8321 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8322 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8323 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8324 @end deffn
8325
8326 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8327 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8328 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8329 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8330 @end deffn
8331
8332 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8333 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
8334 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8335 @end deffn
8336
8337 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8338 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8339 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8340 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8341 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8342 @end deffn
8343
8344 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8345 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8346 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8347 @end deffn
8348
8349 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8350 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8351 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8352 @end deffn
8353
8354 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8355 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8356 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8357 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8358 @end deffn
8359
8360 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8361 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8362 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8363 @end deffn
8364
8365 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8366 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8367 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8368 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8369 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8370 @end deffn
8371
8372 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8373 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8374 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8375 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8376 @end deffn
8377
8378 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8379 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8380 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8381 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8382 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8383 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8384 @end deffn
8385
8386 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8387 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8388 @xref{Memory Management}.
8389 @end deffn
8390
8391 @deffn {Function} yylex
8392 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8393 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8394 @code{yylex}}.
8395 @end deffn
8396
8397 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8398 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8399 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8400 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8401 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8402 @end deffn
8403
8404 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8405 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8406 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8407 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8408 @code{yylex}.)
8409 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8410 grammar actions.
8411 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8412 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the look-ahead token.
8413 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8414 @end deffn
8415
8416 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8417 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8418 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8419 @end deffn
8420
8421 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8422 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8423 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8424 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8425 @code{yylex}.)
8426 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8427 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the look-ahead token.
8428 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8429 @end deffn
8430
8431 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8432 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8433 Management}.
8434 @end deffn
8435
8436 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8437 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8438 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8439 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8440 @end deffn
8441
8442 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8443 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8444 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8445 @end deffn
8446
8447 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8448 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8449 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8450 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8451 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8452 @end deffn
8453
8454 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8455 Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a
8456 syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8457 @end deffn
8458
8459 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8460 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8461 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8462 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8463 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8464 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8465 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8466
8467 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8468 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8469 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8470 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8471 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8472 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8473 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8474 @end deffn
8475
8476 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8477 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8478 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8479 @end deffn
8480
8481 @node Glossary
8482 @appendix Glossary
8483 @cindex glossary
8484
8485 @table @asis
8486 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8487 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8488 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8489 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8490 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8491
8492 @item Context-free grammars
8493 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8494 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8495 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8496 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8497 Grammars}.
8498
8499 @item Dynamic allocation
8500 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8501 compile time or on entry to a function.
8502
8503 @item Empty string
8504 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8505 character string of length zero.
8506
8507 @item Finite-state stack machine
8508 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8509 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8510 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8511 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8512 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8513 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8514
8515 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8516 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8517 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8518 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8519 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8520 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8521 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8522 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8523
8524 @item Grouping
8525 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8526 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8527 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8528
8529 @item Infix operator
8530 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8531 performs some operation.
8532
8533 @item Input stream
8534 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8535
8536 @item Language construct
8537 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8538 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8539 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8540
8541 @item Left associativity
8542 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8543 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8544 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8545
8546 @item Left recursion
8547 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8548 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8549 Rules}.
8550
8551 @item Left-to-right parsing
8552 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8553 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8554
8555 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8556 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8557 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8558
8559 @item Lexical tie-in
8560 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8561 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8562
8563 @item Literal string token
8564 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8565
8566 @item Look-ahead token
8567 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
8568 Tokens}.
8569
8570 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8571 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8572 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8573 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8574
8575 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8576 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8577 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8578
8579 @item Nonterminal symbol
8580 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8581 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8582 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8583
8584 @item Parser
8585 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8586 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8587 analyzer.
8588
8589 @item Postfix operator
8590 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8591 performs some operation.
8592
8593 @item Reduction
8594 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8595 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8596 Parser Algorithm}.
8597
8598 @item Reentrant
8599 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8600 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8601 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8602
8603 @item Reverse polish notation
8604 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8605
8606 @item Right recursion
8607 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8608 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8609 Rules}.
8610
8611 @item Semantics
8612 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8613 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8614 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8615
8616 @item Shift
8617 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8618 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8619 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8620
8621 @item Single-character literal
8622 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8623 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8624
8625 @item Start symbol
8626 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8627 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8628 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8629 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8630
8631 @item Symbol table
8632 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8633 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8634 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8635
8636 @item Syntax error
8637 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8638 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8639
8640 @item Token
8641 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8642 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8643 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8644 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8645
8646 @item Terminal symbol
8647 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8648 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8649 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8650 @end table
8651
8652 @node Copying This Manual
8653 @appendix Copying This Manual
8654
8655 @menu
8656 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8657 @end menu
8658
8659 @include fdl.texi
8660
8661 @node Index
8662 @unnumbered Index
8663
8664 @printindex cp
8665
8666 @bye
8667
8668 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8669 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8670 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8671 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8672 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8673 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8674 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8675 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8676 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8677 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8678 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8679 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8680 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8681 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8682 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8683 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8684 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8685 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8686 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8687 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8688 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8689 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8690 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8691 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8692 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8693 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8694 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8695 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8696 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex